Insidious Meme

Defend Your Hippo – 05-17-2024

Defend Your Hippo - 05-17-2024

Defend Your Hippo - 05-17-2024

Episode Summary:

The document is a transcript of a discussion focusing on the complexities of certain ideas and how they relate to human memory, mind control, and the impact of environmental factors such as chemtrails. The speaker starts by introducing the context and their intention to explain a hypothesis they have developed. They express frustration with public figures like Elon Musk and Alex Jones for misrepresenting the nature of societal issues, suggesting instead that these issues are artificially imposed rather than natural.

The discussion delves into the mechanics of human memory, emphasizing the role of various brain parts such as the hippocampus, prefrontal cortex, amygdala, cerebellum, and basal cortex. The speaker explains how memory formation requires the coordination of emotional impact, repetition, rehearsal, sleep patterns, and interference. They highlight that the hippocampus is key in converting short-term memory to long-term memory, a process that can be disrupted, leading to memory loss.

A significant part of the transcript focuses on the role of aluminum oxide in disrupting memory formation. The speaker asserts that aluminum oxide can interfere with the hippocampus, preventing the storage of declarative memory. They discuss historical and industrial contexts, mentioning how exposure to aluminum oxide has been linked to conditions like Alzheimer's and dementia.

The speaker connects these ideas to MKUltra, a government mind control program, suggesting that aluminum oxide was used to manipulate memory and control individuals without the need for brutal methods. They argue that this process has been scaled up through environmental means, specifically chemtrails, which they claim are being used to distribute aluminum oxide widely.

The discussion also touches on the sensitivity of different races to aluminum oxide, noting that whites and Asians are more affected by smaller amounts compared to blacks and Middle Eastern people. The speaker suggests that this differential impact is part of a broader strategy to disrupt societal order.

In conclusion, the speaker ties these elements together, arguing that chemtrails are part of a deliberate attempt to degrade memory and implant ideologies in the population. They call for action to stop the spread of aluminum through chemtrails, suggesting that this is crucial for preserving mental health and societal stability.

#MemoryFormation #AluminumOxide #MindControl #Chemtrails #MKUltra #PublicFigures #MemoryDisruption #HumanBrain #Hippocampus #PrefrontalCortex #Amygdala #Cerebellum #BasalCortex #EmotionalImpact #Repetition #Rehearsal #SleepPatterns #Interference #MemoryStorage #DeclarativeMemory #IndustrialExposure #Alzheimers #Dementia #EnvironmentalFactors #SocietalOrder #RaceSensitivity #IdeologicalManipulation #MentalHealth #SocietalStability #HistoricalContext #GovernmentPrograms #EnvironmentalManipulation #DifferentialImpact #MindVirus #StopChemtrails

Key Takeaways:
  • Public misrepresentations of societal issues are misleading.
  • Human memory formation involves emotional impact, repetition, and sleep patterns.
  • Aluminum oxide disrupts memory formation, leading to conditions like Alzheimer's and dementia.
  • MKUltra techniques have been scaled up through chemtrails to manipulate memory and control populations.
  • The sensitivity to aluminum oxide varies across different races.
  • Stopping chemtrails is crucial to preserving mental health and societal stability.
Predictions:
  • Increased use of chemtrails will lead to greater memory disruption and societal instability.
  • Continued exposure to aluminum oxide will cause more cases of early onset Alzheimer's and dementia.
Key Players:
  • Elon Musk
  • Alex Jones
  • Jean Claude
  • Dr. Jan Halper Hayes
  • Carl Rogers
  • Warren Bennis
  • Rife
  • Nixon
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Defend Your Hippo - 05-17-2024

Hello, humans. Hello. It's here. Let me set that down a bit so that we can get this set up. I'm using a new recording software and I have to get used to it here.

Anyway, so as you can see, it's Friday, we're at 17th and we're at 09:06 in the morning. Now, I had sort of. I wanted to get this information out. I've come across some stuff. It's extremely complex to get.

The idea is relatively simple, but the details of it are quite complex. And it's just, I was going to talk to Jean Claude about it, do it that way, but it's not easily done that way, and I don't want to write it up. My hands are having troubles and I've got too much work here. I've got to get done. Anyway, I'm going to try this.

I'm going to try laying it out in a video and we'll see what the fallout is. Right. And this sort of goes to my pure sleep product because of the sleep stuff that's involved here. All right, so I've discovered something, or I've come to a conclusion that may be a discovery. I have a hypothesis, however you want to put it that way.

I've come to some conclusions that suggest a hypothesis. And so let me start off by saying that Elon Musk and Alex Jones annoy me, okay? They're annoying me because they're describing our current situation as being beset by a mind virus, all right? And that annoys me because it's way inaccurate. All right?

It's a. It implies a natural cause for the dysphoria that is affecting our social order now all across the northern hemisphere. And note that it's not quite global, okay? So I've discovered some stuff that ties together all kinds of very interesting information and points to a single conclusion from all of these various different bits of information. And that's what makes it complex, that it comes in from all these various different sides.

I want to not take 4 hours to do this. It's taken me quite, actually, years probably, to boil everything down to this point and understand how this was designed. Here's the deal.

We're going to talk about stuff in the form of. Let me see if I can shove this around and get us a bit more of a view here. There we go. We're going to talk about stuff in the form of matter.

All right, now that's even. Let me back up.

So Alex Jones and Elon Musk are wrong. Their wrongness is what annoys me it's not a virus, okay? It's being put on us from the outside.

I can trace the perpetrators back so far, and who the fuck knows what's on the other side of the perpetrators that I can trace this back to, okay? This relates to people with purple hair, transgenderism, migrant invasion, stolen election, bad money, geopolitical illusionary movements of countries and so on. Okay? It relates to all of that and it ties all this together. And chemtrails, okay, so chemtrails are a major portion of this, but not the way you think.

So here's the idea. First we've got to get into some school kind of stuff, right? Some understanding of how things work. All right? So it's necessary to understand how human memory works, at least at some level, okay?

And so we have. We have these elements that are. There's. There's four that are key. Five really, and then there's a six that is a state of being kind of thing, right?

So there's six elements that are necessary that we. We keep in mind as we go forward here. So let's put these back here. Can we see that? Yeah.

Okay, the first one is nature of information.

Number two here is our emotional impact. All right? So that's how I got into this, studying some of my, my version of emotional impact numerics on my data in order to determine if I was getting into some error issues. I started studying that. It came up to these other things, it led me further to these other deals, and then I went all the way back to Atlantis.

And then that said, ok, I got to get this more tight and cohesive here. Okay, so the third one is repetition. So we've got the nature of the information, emotional impact and repetition. And part of repetition is rehearsal. We'll get into that.

As I say, I don't want to take days to get all this information out. So this is the big one here, and that's sleep patterns.

And then we have interference. Okay?

Components to create memories:
  • Nature of Information
  • Emotional Impact
  • Repetition/Rehearsal
  • Sleep Patterns
  • Interference
  • Brain Health or Cognitive Health

Now all of these here is how memory is retained in the human mind. You have to have all of these things coordinated to develop a memory. Then there's this other thing, which is a state of being, which we can really call a number six factor here. And it's your age and general brain health or cognitive health. Right?

All right, so we have to bear these in mind as we go forward with our discussion on this. Now, we've also got to go to the other aspect of this. These are the abstract attributes of making memory take hold.

The functional part of our brains that does. This has to be dealt with here. Okay, let me see. Okay, so our brain part over here, we have the hippocampus. Right?

That'll be our number one.

Okay. And then we have our prefrontal cortex. There's much more to it. This is going to be a simplistic overview, because I don't. As I say, I don't want to take days to get in and get lost in the weeds here.

Then we have the amygdala. Okay. That's key as well.

Amygdala, yeah. And then there's the cerebellum in the basal cortex.

Okay, so this is the part of your brain that is in charge of writing stuff to storage. Okay. The top one here, the hippocampus, is the part of your brain that is in charge of, like, bounding the thought or the. The experience or the fantasy, even whatever it is that's going to be stored. The hippocampus is in charge of, like, making it into a file format.

Okay. So it's going to make it into a file format such that it can be stored to your internal hard disk. Okay? So we'll use that as our metaphor here.

All right, so.

So these are brain for memory storage.

Then you remember the thoth's eye thing, the egyptian eye thing, like that.

That image section in our brain is the glandular complex that is in charge of taking input and creating a thought out of it. Okay? Making it into the format of a thought. These are loose, loose, loose analogies, right? Don't get on my case about the inaccuracies if you're actually into medicine, because you'll grok where I'm going later on.

Okay? So in that sense, the glandular complex of the brain, including. Well, we won't even do that. We'll just list them here. So for our purposes, we're going to be concerned with the thalamus, the hypothalamus, and these are complexes.

These are not really individual glands per se, pituitary complex.

And the pineal, which is actually its own gland. Okay. But it's in charge of all of these others. All right? So these are the ones that are in charge of bounding the thought for you.

So, for instance, a hypothalamus is what actually attaches emotion to an abstract thought in your brain. So when a purple haired person is screaming at you and has totally lost it and has gone into Karen with her head up her ass, the hypothalamus is overproducing hormones. Okay? Now this is where we get into some really interesting bits and pieces here. Okay, so we know from, you guys know from having listened to my other shit that the hypothalamus is also in charge of processing smell, okay?

The thalamus is in charge of processing sound. So these here are directly tied to these two glandular structures, to these complexes.

Defend Your Hippo - 05-17-2024

We are not born with a pen and a graphic pad, okay? Our species was not intended to be writing shit down. We don't have that inbuilt to us to store memories even that way. That's an abstract structure that's been laid on our memory system. Right?

Hang on a second. I gotta deal with this bullshit here. Okay? So we don't have any sensory apparatus that's designed to allow us to write and we actually have to use the, we have to train these little tiny muscles to move our eyes in a very rapid fashion in order to read, no matter what language. It's a training process.

So the abstraction in our mind to graphics as a way to communicate information across time or space is not inbuilt into our species. Our species is inbuilt to deal with external inputs to the formation of memory from a visual. The visual cortex, which goes up to the, it's actually at the back of the head, but it's the prefrontal cortex that routes the information. But these are our, and then there's touch, but that's less of an issue for storing a memory. Right.

But these are the key elements for creating a thought. And then the hypothalamus also attaches emotion to all of the thoughts that are bounded and then they're stored based on these criteria and affected by the state of being and the process of storing. So all different kinds of things affect your ability to make and create a memory, which is where we're headed, right? The chemtrails. Okay, so now here's where it gets, here's where we get into some interesting information.

Fairly sticky. I'm not going to go down into any detail. You can double check me if you want to check me on any of this stuff. Use Yandex, don't use any of the western search engines because they won't show you what you need to see. Yandex has got an AI behind it that's pretty powerful.

Okay, so I got all kinds of notes. It's a pain in the ass. I didn't want to have to be disorganized on any of this stuff. Alright, so, okay, so you've seen this woman. Bizshrink2 is her Twitter handle, doctor Jan Halper Hayes.

Okay, so I think she's an idiot. She was a power lifter, so I don't give her too much shit. She may still have a few muscles in her. She's old, like I am, so I'm not too afraid. Her mentor, in so far as I can check, I can't find any deviation in the biography that would suggest that it's anybody else.

You know, somebody else by the same name. So her mentor in the shrink your brain business was this guy by the name of Carl Rogers. He had an association with this other guy, Warren Bennis. Okay. Carl Rogers is an interesting personality because he comes up with all these methodologies and protocols that he stamps with his brand, Rogeronian or something like that.

Therapy sessions, those sorts of things, right? But this guy is from MKUltra. So Jan Halper Hayes's psychiatric mentor that trained her and, you know, passed her up chain in academia, was part of the primary movers and shakers in MKUltra. I say primary because if you go and look through Yandex and go back and look through what the Soviets knew about this guy, you find out that the Soviets were watching him because of what he was doing with mind control shit. And he was really.

He's tightly captured by the Elohim worship cult. Okay? I don't think he's jewish. I don't think that matters in this case. He was pretty, according to what I've seen.

I won't go into that. But you can research his biography and make your own conclusions from it. However, here's the important part of this.

He wasn't an idiot, and he made a discovery, okay? So at some point, and I think maybe it was in the early fifties, maybe it was the late forties. I don't know that. If it was, I don't know that this discovery was Carl's, per se. Right?

That it was doctor Carl Rogers discovery, per se. It may have been gifted to him in one manner or another. In any event, though, the discovery that was made was. All right, so let me back up a little bit, okay.

In terms of setting memory, the parts of the brain here that are doing this are subordinate. The prefrontal cortex, the amygdala, cerebellum, and the basal cortex are subordinate to the hippocampus. The hippocampus is like the task masker master, the top dog on all of this, okay? And this is where we get into some really interesting connections. There is a hormonal component, as I said, with the hypothalamus and the thalamus, both of those, and all of the other hormone producing glands, pineal and pituitary, etcetera, thyroid, all of these participate in the setting of memory.

There is a hormonal flush, a biochemical flush process that creates and stores memory. So this process is, it takes a specific amount of time and you graph it up. And then the actual storage of memory is when there's this hormonal flush here, right? And this hormonal flush involving the thalamus and the hypothalamus, pituitary and the pineal, primarily, is what actually sets the memory for you. And it happens when specific amounts of hormones are present and other criteria.

Okay? So Carl tumbled to this idea, but he tumbled to it in a particular way that affected the MKUltra mind control project that he participated in and helped design the protocols for. Carl Rogers found the key to mind control, and other people had used brutal, brutal, brutal ways to do mind control, so they knew part of the process. This guy Carl got it down to pretty precise. He understood what was going on.

Okay? And so when we, when you want to control someone's. Alright, so there's something else about this. Let me back this up even further. Okay?

Okay. So the hippocampus is precisely involved in the storage of some types of memory, okay? These other parts of the brain are involved in storing other types of memory. Memory can be sliced and diced. So the hippocampus is in charge of what's called declarative memory.

Okay? Declarative memory is fact. What did I experience? Not how my toe felt when I smashed it, but that I smashed it on this day, under these circumstances, et cetera, et cetera, the facts of the matter, not the residual after effects of it or any of that. The hippocampus is like, it's keyed in on declarative memory, the facts and our perception of them.

Okay? So the hippocampus is not discriminatory, okay? It doesn't make sure that it's a fact before it writes it. If we think it's a fact, it will write it into memory. So this is another key element, okay?

So the amygdala does emotional memory.

The cerebellum and the basal ganglia are complex physical memory.

So all of my martial arts training, all of your ability to type without thinking about where your fingers have to go, sew something, cook eggs, whatever, right? Any of your physical body memory that you don't want to think about, each and every one of the parts is stored in by the cerebellum all your emotional memories are stored by the amygdala. The prefrontal cortex here stores cognitive memory. Like, you had a serious. So it stored all the stuff I'm telling you here right now in my brain as I was discovering it, in a cognitive fashion, as I was thinking about it, and then finally there's a conclusion, and so it's like we store all this shit in our brain, and then there's a right, and it all comes together.

Okay, so. And so that's how all of this works. But the declarative memory coming through the hippocampus, it's key here, because Carl. So Carl Rogers discovers that if you interrupt the storage by interrupting the. So if you use interference, you can interfere with this process of storing memory, and you can interrupt the hippocampus in this area right here.

Right. So before it set the memory, but after it's had the formation of the thought, because that's a key element, right? All right, so here's the concept, as Carl expresses it to us, that as the hippocampus is writing these memories, it's basically taking it out of your short term memory to write it to long term memory. And that is a delicate process. And if that delicate process is interrupted, it disappears from both.

Right? You can. As it's moving from short term to long term, it's actually taken out of your short term memory, and there's no cache. You don't have any cache of that thought or that memory. Right.

And as it's being written into long term memory, if you interrupt it, it doesn't get written, and you don't have it. So, MKUltra mind control didn't have to use the brutal, fracturing process to shatter the mind in order to disrupt this declarative memory writing so that you could twist a personality. Rogers discovered a lot of fucking easier ways to do this. One of the easier ways to do this involves the nature of the hippocampus, okay, and its tie to the hypothalamus and the thalamus, to a lesser extent.

Okay? So smell and sound are very powerful. You actually have more of your brain matter devoted to decoding and dealing with smell than you do with your visual cortex. Sound is slightly under the visual cortex in terms of total mass of the brain involved. That gives you an idea of how nature thought of these things relative to your ass surviving, okay?

And so it thinks you need to be able to smell, maybe even more than you need to be able to see, okay? So here's the thing. It has a tie between the hippocampus and the hypothalamus, alright? And so there is a direct tie there.

This direct tie has to do with actually with mating, okay? With you finding a mate and doing reproduction, which is number one thing that your body wants to do in life and you can't help it, it's designed that way. After you mate and reproduce, you're a throwaway insofar as the universe is concerned at that stage, right? Because you've done your primary body's job of reproducing, okay? So that's all keyed by smell, by pheromones, by hormonal extrusions into your skin, your breath, you know, the hair everywhere.

That's all done by pheromones. Pheromones occupy a very large part of the hypothalamus in terms of decoding and dealing with those danger, even danger comes from you've smelled stuff that's like, fuck, I want to get a hell away from that. And that can be organic in the form of bacteria. You can smell somebody that's sick, you want to stay away from them, or you can smell bad water, all of these kinds of things. So smell is really, really, really key.

And so Carl, he clues into the fact that smell is really key. And that smell is tied directly to the hypothalamus. And then there's one other element that comes on in, and I think this other element comes in and its element, it's like, haha, pun intended. I think it comes in 1947, but it doesn't relate directly to the aliens, okay? It doesn't relate directly to Roswell or anything, but in 1947, I've got some old documents and stuff that shows me that in 1947, some people, as a result of some things that had happened in the research for World War Two, had tumbled to an idea and they'd released that idea.

And I think Carl Rogers got that idea from these people in 1947. And that idea goes to an element which is aluminum, okay? Now it is also true that there was a shitload of aluminum used in a different way than we'd ever seen before in the Roswell crash. So maybe it influenced it, okay? I don't know.

All right, so, okay, so we're getting into it here. Okay, so aluminum is a strange metal. You'll never find aluminum in a metallic fashion anywhere on earth. It's in this form called bauxite, which is an ore, okay? In bauxite, aluminum is bound to all different kinds of stuff.

A lot of it is kinds of clay, but basically what I want to say is aluminum, no matter how much we see it in our environment, is never raw. Alright? Aluminum cannot be raw. Aluminum is so reactive, so incredibly reactive at an electrical level that if I were to have a little tiny bit of aluminum right here underneath my finger, and I took my finger off of it real quick and exposed it before, before my finger could actually leave that little tiny bit of a distance there, right before my finger could transit that little tiny bit of a distance, all of the aluminum there that would be exposed by my taking my skin off of it would be instantly oxidized. Because it reacts to oxygen so violently, you can actually make explosions from aluminum foil if you know what you're doing reacting to oxygen, it's that powerful.

Okay? So is that violent of a reaction? So we never see aluminum in a metallic form anywhere on the planet. We have to go and find it. We have to do all this refining stuff, mostly involving electricity, and then to create heat and zap it and shit.

And then we get raw aluminum, which instantly oxidizes. And then you do something to get rid of the oxide in order to weld the aluminum or form it or whatever. So in those processes, you're constantly dealing with aluminum oxide being shed in all of our processing of aluminum. And aluminum oxide is not good stuff. And throughout the thirties and the forties, as we're getting into more and more and more use of aluminum, there's more industrial reports of aluminum oxide causing real problems for people, okay?

And so now we skip forward and we find that in the seventies and eighties and nineties, all kinds of people that had been active in the late thirties and forties and the fifties in the industrial environment, dealing with aluminum or showing up with early onset Alzheimer's and dementia and basic brain rot. And when they analyze the corpse of these people, they find massive amounts of aluminum in these four parts of the brain, okay? Because aluminum, it turns out, has an affinity for binding to one of those things called the plaques, the, I can't think of what it's called at the moment. My memory is being affected, okay? But the plaques in the blood, right, that kind of stuff.

And so aluminum wants to bond with that, even aluminum oxide wants to bond with that. This is really a key element of this. So it's actually alo two, aluminum oxide is the culprit here. Now here's where it gets really interesting. Carl did a lot of work in designing psychological methodologies.

One of the things he did for MKUltra was to put this idea here and connect it to the hypothalamus because they discovered all the people in the forties and the fifties that were affected and then later on died and had their brains analyzed and stuff, you know, sliced open and stuff. They discovered that there was a corresponding proportionate mass of aluminum within the hippocampus that was not in the others, even though the others were also polluted. And so Carl's genius idea here was, oh look, aluminum oxide disrupts the hippocampus and aluminum oxide.

Alright, so there's, let me back. This is so complex and there's so many ways that it can be off in some of these details. All right? But you can double check me on Yandex, you can hunt out all this information.

So aluminum oxide was heavily involved in, even though it was just nascently just beginning to get into our industrial society, aluminum was involved in the rife machines. Okay. Rife used aluminum as a sensor material because of its ability to vibrate, probably why it's used in the UFO's.

So rife's frequencies developed up into the 1920s were using the ionic vibration capacity potential of aluminum as part of their sensor. All right? Now, I don't know if Rogers knew this or not, I don't know where MKUltra came up to this conclusion, but they came to the conclusion that aluminum oxide on its own is great for disrupting the hippocampus, and thus the whole process of setting declarative memory. And thus you could fracture people's minds without having to brutalize them or any of this shit just by giving them enough aluminum oxide. And I'll get to how they do that in just a second.

But you could do that, that interrupts the hippocampus. They can't write declarative memory. They can't remember, actually cannot physically remember what the hell happened to them yesterday or whenever it was under the influence of the aluminum oxide. This allowed the MKUltra people to write any kind of memory that they wanted in there by going back to number three here, and number two, they used to have to use emotional impact to fracture your mind. Then they went into, after they split your ability to write memory with aluminum oxide.

Then they go back to number two and number three. Number three is repetition and rehearsal. So they would show you images in their MKUltra factories of somebody that looked like you enough that an actor doing something, and you would remember that as though you had done it. If they had interrupted the hippocampus writing declarative memory, you could not know, you could not tell at the time the memory was written, what was real and what was not. Later on, you're going to assume the memory you have is real.

Now, there's a sub component to this that actually shows that the MKUltra people don't 100% believe their own memories. They're not quite actually bonded to the body or something there. So we'll get into that at some point in the future. So this was the whole MKUltra thing. Give you enough aluminum oxide at the appropriate amount to disrupt your hippocampus so that it can't write declarative memory.

And then use these other parts of your brain to write in memory that they created through emotional impact and repetition and rehearsal. And then they use sleep patterns, because it is your sleep pattern that sets the memory, okay? It's when you're sleeping that the long term storage is actually written. It's in a buffer, so to speak, just before you, your rem sleep.

So this is where it gets even more complex, because this involves the pituitary, which provides the energy for setting memory in the brain, and the pineal gland, which provides the timing. This is why you should not take melatonin, because your pineal gland has a 365 day a year calendar in the form of a spherical, micro adjusted amount of melatonin in there into these receptors. And then you flood it out and you've blown your whole calendar. You don't have any calendar set tie to these declarative memories because I know on about what time, you know, a year and a half back, I came across this kind of an experience. A lot of people that take melatonin don't have that time memory to their memories.

They don't have that time hooked to their memories. So just to plug my pure sleep, there's no melatonin in my, in my pure sleep product, right?

Anyway, so, okay, so I get real whipped up about this because these MKUltra guys are fucking with everybody through the aluminum oxide, going to the hippocampus at some point, and we'll say 1969, okay? So it took them a number of years, and we'll just say that it was 1969 because that's the first instance I can find of chemtrails being tested. Now, there's other elements involved in here, strontium and barium, okay? They also, along with aluminum, have a particular kind of a vibrational sensitivity. All of these things have that vibrational sensitivity at their ionic level, okay?

Now here's where it gets even more interesting, okay?

You can absorb aluminum through the skin. You can absorb aluminum oxide through the skin. You never absorb aluminum, okay? If aluminum touched your body, it's just going to basically fuse itself. Raw aluminum is just going to basically fuse itself to the cells and extract the oxygen from them and bind them.

And when it burn, you, aluminum oxide can easily be absorbed through the skin because, as I say, our bodies wanted to absorb it as part of the process because it's interreacting fundamentally with all of our hormones. All right? Now they discovered somebody 69 in that period of time that aluminum oxide is attracted to the body and passes to and through the body. It'll pass through the brain barrier, the blood brain barrier, if it's at a small enough nanoparticle particulate size, which is what's in chemtrails, but they discovered that your snout loves it, that aluminum in your sinuses, aluminum and the hypothalamus and your sense of smell are extremely attracted because of the nature of smell being essentially an ionic process. Okay?

So you see why this is all complex and we're not even touching the half of it. And I got to get this shit done so that I can put this out. I was going to do it with Jean Claude. This idea itself is perhaps dangerous in the sense that this shows you how all of the mind virus, and it's not a virus, it's a process, and it's an MKUltra process off of this. And this shows you how it's all working.

They are destroying your ability to do declarative memory by giving you chemtrails. That's this memory loss, memory lack. You feel, okay? They've got your sleep patterns disrupted. They're using 5g for that.

They've got brain interference going. They're using 5g for that. They're using their repetition of all of their ideology to try and sync their virus into. Into you. And then here's the other key part of this, okay?

This is phenotypically the ability to deal with aluminum in your body is phenotypically controlled. That is some people's right. Kalahari Bushmen. Really bizarre. Kalahari Bushmen.

Maybe it's because they come across bauxite naturally in that area, okay? But also natives in indigenous people in Chile and Peru and then Finns, okay? So those three groups, finnish people, the Kalahari bushmen, and then a very large number of indigenous people in the south part of South America have far less problems with aluminum oxide than everybody else, okay? And Asians and white people have a sensitivity that we could say is a tin, okay? So we have a sensitivity to aluminum that is a tin.

We're fairly sensitive to it. And sensitivity, I've got to qualify. Okay? So there's brain sensitivity, and then there's also the ability to get it into your brain in a native way, in a natural way through your body. And so we find that, that aluminum is much more effective on the brains of whites and Asians, but it's much more, much more easily absorbed by black people and people that are middle eastern or to some extent southern Hindu.

Okay? And then we get back into the Malaysians and so on. So it depends on your race, not your skin color, but these underlying components of that race as to how sensitive it is. So basically, white people will be much more wonked out by a smaller amount of aluminum oxide than black people. Black people will be able to absorb a lot more aluminum oxide without those immediate kind of effects showing up.

But they've still got the bad effects of it, which is that the aluminum oxide is bringing on early onset dementia, and it's killing us all through the chemtrails. Now here's the thing. Ask yourself this. Do they really believe in climate change? I don't think so.

I think it's all scam, and they know it's a scam. So why are they so dead set on doing the chemtrails that they keep bringing up? We got to block the sun. We got to block the sun. We got to block the sun.

What is it in the chemtrails that serves them? Okay? They don't want to live under gray skies. This is entirely for us. So what are they giving us in the chemtrails?

I don't think that they're really doing it to hype their climate crisis shit. I think the entire whole climate crisis shit was so that they could do chemtrails right in front of your face as they're telling you. They're trying to protect you from the sun in order to destroy your mind through destroying declarative memory and then implanting in you their mind virus, whatever ethos or whatever ideology that they want you to have through these other mechanisms that were discovered by and used by Carl Rogers in his MKUltra program. So they're trying, in my opinion, to do an MK ultra program on everybody.

I got to get tea and I got to get some more stuff done here.

It's more than that. Okay, so let me bring up a couple of more weird, weird things here. This is where we get into the woo of it all or more woo. So it's all ionic at an ionic vibration level. Aluminum has a very high frequency, ionic vibration, as do both strontium and barium, cesium less so.

I don't know what the cesium is being used for, but it is in there. The vast majority of stuff in the chemtrails is aluminum oxide. Vast majority. It outnumbers all of it by. It's the most of the mass.

You will notice that your ability to have a sense of smell has been affected and is becoming increasingly so as we go forward. The more they spray, the more they spray. Right? Okay, so Alex Jones was sort of right about the gay frogs thing, but it's more than that, okay, because here's the deal. Your gender and your sex, your physical sex and the ability to deal with it that we call gender is controlled by the pheromonic process that runs through the hypothalamus and the thalamus.

All right? That's in terms of how it expresses into reality. Those are affected not only by the taking in of the aluminum and it eventually affects the glandular system, but rating, going through the declarative memory here. But they're also affected by the process of aluminum and its impact on your sense of smell. The very aspect of the hypothalamus and what it's supposed to do, aluminum oxide degrades that.

It degrades your ability to deal with pheromones and to decode them.

The tie in back to Atlantis. Let me get that out of the way. If you go and look in yandex and just start searching around, even if you use their AI there, at some point you're going to be presented with information like Tartaria and other stuff that doesn't show up in western search engines. And it gets a little weird. One of the things that you'll run across is this idea that Atlantis was at war when and was destroyed no matter where the fuck it was, right?

We can dispute whether it was on the South Pole or not in Antarctica. Okay. But beyond that, the information you'll learn is that there was an aluminum component to the war that Atlantis was involved in that ended up destroying them. And that the Atlanteans basically destroyed themselves by getting into mining aluminum and creating so much aluminum dust and problems because they didn't know what they were getting into. They needed it for their war because of its ionic nature and because of the weapons that were being used against them and that they used.

And so they mined a lot of bauxite and processed it inadvisably in their social order and caused a mental degradation of their social order that cost them the war and had them destroyed. So this is kind of interesting information, right? And curiously, of course, curiously, there are big, big piles of minerals all over Antarctica and even up into southern chilean stuff showing all kinds of mining, specifically extracting bauxite. And there's all kinds of aluminum processing residue in Antarctica.

And the aluminum processing residue is as we would find it, expect to find it all aluminum oxide, but it shows that they had been using some process, and we don't see big furnaces. So we're assuming it was electric. They had been refining aluminum, and it appeared that they weren't doing it with any kind of safety in mind. So they probably didn't know of the effect on the mine and that caused them some other issues. Okay, so there's much more to this, all right?

It gets much more complex. Each and every one of these things get much more complex as we go further into it. And it all ends up supporting this general contention that in 1969, they decided to do an MKUltra on all of the population. This makes sense because in 1969 was the leading edge of the baby boomers just starting to get up to retirement age here in the United States. That's put such huge pressure on our financial system.

And you note that two years after that, in 71, Nixon takes us off the gold standard, which creates the first real fiat currency based on the dollar called the petrodollar. And we are here now that lasted very, very, very few years. Most fiat currencies only last 52 years as an average. And we're right there. So, you know, so it's all due.

So it's all pulling itself together. They had to do something. They tried to kill off all of the baby boomers with vaccines. They're trying to kill everybody else off with the vaccines to keep their money system going so they don't have to do this vast quantity of payout on the retirement systems globally because they didn't invest it. It was just a Ponzi scheme pool.

You know, the new guy is paying the old guy, and you're taking off your chunk anyway, so I'll leave it at that. It's not a mine virus. And Elon Musk is wrong that way. Alex Jones is correct. But they weren't trying to turn the frogs gay.

That was just a side effect of trying to turn us gay. Okay? They don't want us to breed the rife machine. Technology was discovered by the MKUltra people to be able to excite the ionic or to change the ionic excitement of aluminum oxide very easily. This is what all the 5g, all of the harp, all of these electromagnetic frequencies are doing.

They're not aiming for the graphene oxide and that kind of shit in your body. They're actually changing the vibrational rate of the oxygen molecule relative to the aluminum molecule to cause this disruption in the hippocampus that stops the declarative memory from being formed at a specific frequency. You can't set the memory, it just disappears. So you don't remember what you were just thinking. And you can't set it in memory because it's held in that temporary buffer, which is now empty.

That's that hard wall stuff. This is going to increase because they're going to keep increasing the vibrations that they're putting into our atmosphere, which is saturated with the chemtrails. So you have to look at it from their viewpoint. Our atmosphere is a 3d solid. It's just a loose solid of all of these aluminum and strontium and barium ions that are floating around that we absorb.

And they send rays through them to cause processes to occur in our brain that are injurious to us that we would not want to have happen. So they're trying to fuck with and kill us at this very subtle level that people deny when they even see the fucking chemtrails being sprayed over their head. And you know, and that's another part of it, okay? Because when you have this declarative memory thing going on, you can get people not to see the chemtrails. And there is a component that shows a subset of the population is inherently weak to this, right?

Inherently, they take up more aluminum oxide and it be in, it alters their minds more than the rest of us. So there's some subset of the population that is an NPC, because they can be controlled more easily than the rest of us. There's also parts of the process that show that if they put out too much in the way of electromagnetic radiation, they're going to fuck up the ones they've already got captured in the process of trying to capture these other minds. So it's this very delicate balance that they're trying to maintain. And this is all falling apart.

All of the chaos, because of these extra energies from space, are intruding at this point in time and altering the electromagnetic nature of our planet, such that their use of rife's technology doesn't work the way that it used to work. This is why I think Rife's technology, by the way, is useless, because Riff was doing his work and he came to these frequencies, these specific frequencies, in a period of time when we didn't have this huge giant electromagnetic stew. So his frequencies are no longer valid because we've got all these other competing electromagnetic frequencies whipping around in all of our neurosphere where humans live. And so these other frequencies basically negate rife's work. It's not that rife's work is invalid.

It's perfectly valid. But the frequencies have been super seated by the nature of the vibrational environment in which we live. And these guys are fucking with it, with chemtrails.

So. So I'm gonna. I'm gonna shut up now, right? And so you can go look up all this stuff on Yandex and dig into it, and we'll get into more of it later on. There's all kinds of stuff relating to psychic ness, and we can even take it back to the Elohim worship culture, right?

But at the moment, I'm just stopping with Carl Rogers here in the MKUltra program.

Yeah, yeah, that's enough. The money system is failing, and that's driving all of this. Okay, guys, take care. I'll try and do another one of these with more detail as I split it up into various different sections. And we'll examine each of these sections in turn as we go into this idea.

But basically, we need to stop chemtrails. We can't be sucking aluminum, right? You can't be sucking aluminum. Or if you do, don't worry about Social Security, you're not going to live long enough to collect anything.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Stoned in the streets – 05-16-2024

Stoned in the streets - 05-16-2024

Stoned in the streets - 05-16-2024

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the evolution of the virus throughout the pandemic, noting the transition from an acute to a chronic phase. It explains that this chronic phase involves suboptimal immune forces promoting both immune escape and immune pathology. The virus continues to evolve, and the vaccinated population faces diminishing immune resistance due to suboptimal forces. The unvaccinated population, having trained their cell-mediated innate immunity, retains some immune defense.

The document highlights that vaccine breakthrough infections have caused immune dysregulation, leading to persistent reinfections. These reinfections have promoted further viral spread and contributed to various health issues, including long COVID and rising cancer rates. The text argues that the vaccination campaign inadvertently generated the Omicron variant, which, in turn, caused more vaccine breakthrough infections, perpetuating a cycle of suboptimal immunity and immune pathology.

The text predicts that as the last hurdles of immune resistance in vaccinated individuals are overcome, the virus will evolve into a new form with significant mutations. This new virus will have a different glycosylation profile, making it distinct from SARS-CoV-2. The document warns of an impending pandemic caused by this new virus, exacerbated by continuous vaccine breakthrough infections.

The author recommends the use of antivirals like ivermectin prophylactically to mitigate the severe disease caused by the new virus. They predict that health authorities, despite their current stance, will eventually mandate the use of such antivirals. The text criticizes public health agencies for their handling of the pandemic and vaccination campaign, comparing their behavior to that of a mafia-like organization.

The document also discusses the potential collapse of healthcare systems and broader societal chaos resulting from the predicted hyper-acute phase of the pandemic. It emphasizes the importance of preparing for this scenario and prioritizing the most critical issues. The author asserts that the truth about the mass vaccination campaign will eventually surface, and those responsible for mishandling the pandemic will face consequences.

The text ends with a call to focus on the current threat posed by the virus and to prepare for the upcoming challenges. The author advises against conspiracy theories and emphasizes the importance of scientific evidence and solidarity in addressing the pandemic's impact.

#virus #pandemic #acutephase #chronicphase #suboptimalimmunity #immuneescape #immunepathology #vaccinated #unvaccinated #cellmediatedimmunity #breakthroughinfections #longCOVID #cancer #Omicron #newvirus #glycosylation #antivirals #ivermectin #publichealth #vaccinationcampaign #healthcaresystem #societalchaos #scientificevidence #solidarity #preparation #herdimmunity #immuneattack #futurepandemic #viralspread #prophylactic #immunesystem #healthconsequences #scientificactivism #publichealthcrisis

Key Takeaways:
  • The virus has evolved from an acute to a chronic phase.
  • Suboptimal immune forces in vaccinated individuals promote immune escape and pathology.
  • Vaccine breakthrough infections cause immune dysregulation, leading to long COVID and cancer.
  • The Omicron variant resulted from the mass vaccination campaign.
  • A new, highly mutated virus is predicted to emerge, exacerbating the pandemic.
  • Antivirals like ivermectin are recommended for prophylactic use.
  • Public health agencies are criticized for their handling of the pandemic.
  • Healthcare systems may collapse, leading to broader societal chaos.
  • Preparation and prioritization of critical issues are crucial.
  • The importance of scientific evidence and solidarity is emphasized.
Predictions:
  • The emergence of a new, highly mutated virus.
  • Healthcare system collapse and societal chaos.
  • Mandates for the use of antivirals like ivermectin.
  • An increase in long COVID cases and severity.
  • Eventual public acknowledgment of the mishandling of the pandemic.
Key Players:
  • Doctor Geert Vandenbosch
  • Maria
  • Peter Dasick
  • Ecohealth Alliance
  • Anthony Fauci
  • Ralph Barek
  • Peter McCullough
  • Voice for Science and Solidarity
  • WHO (World Health Organization)
  • CDC (Center for Disease Control)
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Stoned in the streets - 05-16-2024

So what we are seeing is that the virus has evolved over the pandemic from an acute phase. As the WHO is saying, we are over the acute phase of the pandemic, but they didn't tell you that the pandemic is now evolving to a chronic phase. And this chronic phase, the suboptimal immune forces that are now playing are not only because those things go hand in hand promoting immune scale, but also in tandem promoting immune pathology. And that is exactly what we are seeing. And of course, the virus is continuing to evolve and will ultimately, there is no doubt, immunologically speaking, there is no doubt about this, will overcome this very last resistance by these suboptimal forces.

When that happens, of course, when the last hurdle of resistance is gone, is breached, then of course there is no immune resistance whatsoever left in the vaccinated population. There is immune defense left, of course, in the unvaccinated population because those guys have, during this whole trajectory, have been able to train their cell mediated innate immunity. That has not happened with the vaccine. I've explained this multiple times in several different interviews and in several different articles. I want to ask you, Doctor Vanderbosch, in terms of long COVID, the rising cancers and people just becoming sick with all sorts of illnesses, now, a lot of people attribute that to the dangers of the injections they are causing, you know, multiple different illnesses and excess deaths around the world.

Are you saying, though that this is basically because their immune systems are, for the layman, destroyed? They're not able to fight off diseases and illnesses that they would normally be able to fight off? Well, Maria, again, it's a very difficult topic. I will try to be very concise.

There is a misunderstanding. People are often talking about exhaustion, etcetera. The right word to use here is immune dysregulation, because remember, we still have continuously reinfections re exposure by a virus that is now incredibly infectious, much more infectious than the original omicron variants that were already way more infectious than the previous variants. So their immune system is still to some extent able to contain the virus. Right.

And remember, they are still to some extent protected against severe disease. So what is happening is really dysregulation and is it the virus or the vaccine, to your question? No. The reason for this are the vaccine breakthrough infections, hence the virus, but only in vaccinated people. So it is in fact the vaccination that has led to the generation of omicron.

Omicron has led to the vaccine breakthrough infections. These vaccine breakthrough infections, as I just explained, have led to suboptimal immunity that, on one hand side, has led to an imperfect control of the viral replication and has secondarily led, and is still leading to immune pathology, including cancer. So it is this complex interplay of repetitive virus breakthrough infections in highly vaccinated people that is responsible for both immune escape and immune pathology that go hand in hand. It's just that at this time, the immune pathology is more obvious than the disease, because, frankly speaking, acute cases of COVID-19 disease, acute hospitalizations, acute rates of acute death, have tremendously dropped. Right.

And this is what is so insidious that, in fact, at this stage, the virus is evolving in a very silent way. The clinical symptoms are still to some extent under control, but what you see right now is still a virus that is strongly evolving. And many of the vaccinees, because the disease is relatively under control, are now shedding the virus in an asymptomatic way, which is just promoting further spread. Well, you can imagine as well there is a limit to autism, there is a limit to the immune defense. Even if you call the reservists, there is a limit.

Right. And that limit is soon, will soon be reached. There is no doubt about this. I have made a mistake in my timeline at the beginning. I apologize for this, but what was the reason?

I have not taken into account that reservists would be called in, and reservists is nothing else than the immune refocusing the fact that the immune system could catch up to some extent, but insufficient to control the virus. In the meantime, virus infections have been prolonged, which has enabled the unvaccinated population to train better and better to become almost like completely resistant to the virus. And that is what is ultimately going to generate the herd immunity that we need to completely stop, end this pandemic. To me, a very long time ago, you said the unvaccinated are the ones who are going to help us generate herd immunity. And certainly we see the health in general of the unvaccinated being vastly superior to those that have had the injections.

Absolutely. What I want to note is that we've had warnings that another pandemic is coming, and disease X and the WHO preparing with their amendments to the international health regulations and also the CA, or pandemic treaty, or, you know, all the different names that they give it to basically resume world power through a medical dictatorship of sorts, based on the fact that another pandemic is coming. So they clearly know they're preparing for something. I can see how what you're describing could be that type of situation could be used to declare another emergency. Yeah.

Interestingly enough, Maria, this new virus that will ultimately be the dictator, it will be the only one that is still able to overcome all these hurdles, immune hurdles. That virus will look very, very differently. It will no longer be a SARS CoV two virus. It will still be a coronavirus, but of a completely different type because of several different mutations, not only in spike protein, but also in other viral proteins, it will have a different glycosylation profile. For people who don't understand the term glycosylation, this is the sugar coat on the virus that nobody's talking about will also completely change.

So this virus will indeed be looking very, very differently from SARS CoV two, which could be a reason for health authorities to say, see, we have warned you a new virus would pop up. No, it is the direct consequence of the continuous vaccine breakthrough infections that are responsible for the derailment of the immune system and the vaccine breakthrough infections have originated from Omicron, which was a scourge. A scourge not a blessing, because Omicron directly resulted from the mass vaccination campaigns during a pandemic, not being able to control the virus while exerting immune pressure on the virus. Doctor Vanderbosch, you've made the statements where we've got a couple of minutes left here today. You've made the statements that antivirals will be crucial for people.

Obviously, ivermectin has performed incredibly well. Is this still your position?

The opposition, your position? Yeah, well, I'm strongly, of course, recommending people to take those antivirals, because when we will see this virus popping up, which I expect, really, I said, and I maintain these timelines and I promise everybody, I will no longer change those timelines. I say 50% chances that it happens before the end of April, 99% chances that it happens before the end of June. But what will be the features of those virus is that it will cause enhanced severe disease. Not only severe, enhanced severe disease.

So using those antivirals at a time where symptoms start will be too late. People will need to take them prophylactically. And this is not a joke, I said, and I predicted that these health authorities, the same, that in fact were censoring the use of ivermectin, will see themselves as forced to issue mandates for ivermectin and antivirus, because it will be the only way, to a large extent, reduce the losses, because what you have to do is to prevent the vaccine breakthrough infections. So you have to prevent infections. If their immune system can no longer do this.

Of the vaccinees, you have to intervene almost not with mass vaccination, for God's sake, but with mass antiviral prophylactic treatment. In the USA, our chief public health agency, which is the center for Disease Control, CDC, continues to push shots and boosters and continues to lie about the safety and efficacy of the vaccine. How damaging is that kind of behavior? To the authority of science?

It is extremely damaging. Of course it is extremely damaging. But, you know, I'm always saying, if you commit errors or even crimes at a very small scale, you can hide them. And I have seen this happening with the Ebola vaccination in West Africa a number of years ago. This was also criminal.

It was completely hidden. I revealed, disclosed everything, sent my reports all over the world, but it was complete silence. However, if you do this at a very large scale, like what has been done with this mass vaccination campaign, the truth will surface. The truth will surface, and those who have committed these crimes have been lying to the people and have not been taken care of. Their health and the safety of people will be severely, severely punished.

So it's also a matter of patience. But you have also to understand that if these people would now go out and say, oh, wait a minute. Yeah, we have been making some mistakes. It wasn't all right. We have to correct them, and we have to revise our opinion.

These people would be stoned in the street, right? They have no choice. They have no choice other than to stick. Even if they completely see how wrong they have been. They have no other choice.

They can only hope that something will happen that will distract from this issue. That will distract, but it won't. It won't. And so they keep silent or they just continue along the path that they have been walking along so far. But I can tell you that many of them must be desperate.

But, you know, being together, they feel protected. This is a big lobby. This is a big lobby. And they think that everybody thinks that the other will protect them, right? Which is not the case.

But this is this typical feeling. You all have committed crimes, but you are a big rope. It's like the Mafia, and you feel all together, you feel like a big team, and nobody can penetrate into the team, etcetera. It will collapse because. Because the truth will surface.

This has been a large scale experiment of gain of function on the very human population. This is something that will be reported in history for many, many generations to come, much longer than the talks that have taken place after World War one and World War two, et cetera, were you aware of the activities in the background in recent years of Peter Dasick and the Ecohealth alliance and Fauci and Ralph Barek at the University of North Carolina and the other characters who were involved in the development of the COVID-19 and perhaps in the vaccines themselves? No, of course, retrospectively, I have also read, well, or not a lot, but I've read some key documents and yeah, I must say, to some extent, it also blew me away. Right. It seems nefarious, actually.

Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. That is. Yeah, of course. But, but again, my viewpoint is that what has currently happened or what is currently happening, that we have been turning through this mass vaccination, a relatively harmless virus, not completely harmless, but relatively harmless. We have been turning this through massive gain of function into really a weapon of mass destruction.

Right. And that is the thing we first have to deal with. You know, every time in business you have to prioritize. Well, if there is one thing that I put on the very top of the list, then it is how are we going to deal with the kind of virus that is circulating right now and is in no regard, in no regard when it comes to its biological properties comparable to the kind of Wuhan virus that invaded our countries four years ago. And this will be the big topic for me.

It's the only big, big topic. All the rest, you know, we will have to deal with it afterwards. But I'm sure that many of the topics that are now on the agenda will simply be canceled for, you know, for many reasons, not too high things. But, you know, if, for example, which topics are you speaking on? For example, the origin, the origin of the virus, many, many of the lawsuits, etcetera, will all be canceled.

These are things that take a lot of time. You know, people don't imagine. They, most people think I'm just a crazy man, but what I'm really predicting is a massive, massive tsunami. And then you have, you, you have to see, you know, you have hundreds of items on your agenda. But if such a thing happens, I mean, many of these agenda points just get wiped off the table, of course.

So I think the trick is to be able to concentrate on what is most important. And I'm not saying that all of the other topics on the agenda are not important, they are very important. But we will have to deal with the most important things first and see what is left to deal with. But yeah, to your point, I've also been surprised with all what's going on or what has been going on behind the scene where people have this kind of very, very suspicious research projects and to some extent want to patent things that, or patenting things, viruses that then ultimately appear to be the circulating virus in the population. So how does that rhyme?

It's very, very difficult. I don't know. But I'm a scientist and I'm saying the most important from a scientific viewpoint is now the threat of the currently circulating virus, given the dysregulated immune response in millions of vaccinated people. Right now. You've said very clearly more than once that you expected a great deal of trouble in fairly quick timeframe upcoming in the months ahead.

What can people do who are worried about their immune systems? We know here in the USA, we have a number of organized doctors such as Peter McCullough and his group, who have various treatment protocols for vaccination problems, you know, namely spike proteins that circulating in people's system. Do you have any idea on your own what people might do in the face of this problem? Yeah. Well, you know, James, you are recording all this, and I'm very happy about this because nobody believes me.

Nobody. Even these frontline doctors don't believe me when I say, guys, none of your treatments will work because it will go too fast. It will go extremely fast. It will be a hyperacute tsunami, right, where people who start to show symptoms will pass out, pass away within 24 hours, right? Oh, nobody, yeah, nobody.

Nobody believes me. Of course nobody believes me. That is why it is good and it is exceptional that you can record my words. And. Yeah, in the sense that, okay, I mean, it is documented, right.

So, because what happens is that what is deteriorating the situation is every single reinfection, re exposure of people who have been vaccinated. And you will see, and you can write this out or it is recorded, you will see that what happens, what will happen, for example, in the next coming weeks, is that you will see that we will have more and more cases of more and more serious long COVID. Please remind it, more cases, a higher prevalence of more cases and more severe cases of long COVID. That is the chronic presentation of. They will start to replace the surge of the cancers, right?

So things will go, so we go, remember, from an acute disease, I just explained it, acute, self limiting. Now we have a more chronic phase. It will end with a hyper acute phase, a huge wave. And of course, nobody, I've been studying this for four years. I know what I'm talking about.

I'm probably the only person in all modesty who understands the immunology behind this. And so what I can advise, and I have done many, many videos to make people aware to all the vaccinated people, is that they should start. What do they need to do? Well, they need to avoid reinfection. It's very simple because it's the reinfection that is now the cause, the re infection in the vaccinated people.

That is what the culprit is. That is what is responsible for deteriorating the situation. So if your immune system cannot avoid infection, what can you do? Well, the only thing you can do, it's very, very simple, is take antivirals. Of course, the only difference is that you will not be able to wait for taking these antivirals till you have symptoms.

So what I'm advising is as soon as people see that in one or the other country, one or the other country, one or the other state, for example, in the United States, this thing starts with hospitalizations and deaths going up very rapidly. They need to take antivirals prophylactically, not wait till they have any symptoms. Because I can tell you, I'm in Belgium. If it starts in the US or if it starts in Israel or if it starts in the UK, I bet you that within a few days, you will see the same scenario in many of these highly vaccinated countries. But not in Africa, of course.

No problems with long COVID in Africa. There will be no tsunami in Africa, right? Yeah, because herd immunity. We don't have herd immunity and low vaccination rate. Of course.

Of course. Of course. Now, when you say. When you say antiviral, are we talking about these pharmaceuticals that were demonized by the public health, ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine and others like it. You have been following the evolution of the FDA, their position towards ivermectin in the recent days.

Yes. Well, they seem to be making a pivot. Yeah. You know what I have been predicting? I have been predicting already half a year ago that the public health authorities are going, are finally going to have mandates for ivermectin vaccination.

I mean, this seems a little bit hilarious, right? But that is the kind of evolution that we are going to see because of which antivirals could you use? Listen, when you hear Pierre Corrie and other experts, I mean, the results with ivermectin are fabulous. It is very safe. It is the only antiviral that is cost effective, that is widely available, can be supplemented in sufficient quantities, and that is safe.

There is simply no alternative maybe hydroxychloroquine, etcetera, but this is, let's say, the same ball game, and the public health authorities will come too late with their ivermectin mandates. But you see already how they are evolving now, how their position is. Well, also you can see how that if they do that, that will really disorder the reputation of medicine worse than it already is. Who cares? Well, it's not.

It's not so much. A minute, wait a minute. You know, the thing I want your audience to understand is that what we will be facing in terms of the hyper acute COVID crisis that is imminent is that we will have, and that is the positive news, we will have to build a completely new world. Right? So there won't be the FDA anymore or all these folks, you know, they.

I don't know where they will be going. You know, what will happen to them. It's very uncertain, but it's very, very clear that when this starts, our hospitals will collapse. And when the hospitals collapse, that means that the chaos. Yeah, in all kinds of layers of society, financial, economic, social, you name it, you know, the chaos will be complete.

Right? And that is what I'm very clearly predicting. And I'm not a fool. Yeah, I'm a scientist, right? I insist people can look at my curriculum.

I've been talking, like, four years about this. I've written many, many articles. People can ask me questions. I'm teaching online courses, lectures on epidemiology and pandemics and epidemics, etcetera. And, you know, it's very strange for me to make such statements, but, you know, hiding it, because I'm 200% convinced that it will happen.

One final question. Have you been personally persecuted for spreading this information? Because that's certainly the case in the USA where doctors have opposed the public health establishment and the medical establishment. Have you been under attack? Well, I've been a little bit under attack in Belgium by a bunch of, you know, immunologically or scientifically illiterate journalists, etcetera.

But I've not really been suffering. But listen, of course I have my strategy. First of all, I've been lucky. Why? Because I'm still, you know, a veterinary doctor, right?

I'm not a medical doctor. I've not appreciated practice in medical, you know, I've not a medical practice. And secondarily, I've never been naming certain names, you know, I've never been attacking people individually when I talk about, you know, idiots, public health authorities, et cetera. I have no problem if I talk about the who? But I'm not going to cite particular names, for example.

And the third thing is that everything I'm saying, even if I make very strong statements, I can back them up with scientific data, right? My discourse is scientific. I'm a scientific activist, right? But I'm not the guy who turns to conspiracies or things that I cannot prove or that I don't know for sure, not necessarily pretending they are wrong. But if I don't know it for sure, you won't hear me about this.

If it's not my field of expertise, I will delegate it to other people, etcetera. But I will always very clearly express my opinion on the things I know without attacking people in person. Right. So, yeah, I've not been suffering too much. And also, I've been being in Belgium.

I've primarily been speaking in. In the US and abroad, not that much in my country, because I wanted to reach as many people as possible. If I give an interview in Belgium, there is 30 people who will watch. If I do it on a US platform, I can add a few zeros. Right.

Well, this has certainly been and is going to continue to be a very strange period of world history. I want to thank you very much for coming on the podcast, and this will be a bit of a cold shower for a lot of listeners out there, but I think your message is very important and we should be very careful of how human affairs proceed in the months ahead. So thank you very much, Doctor Geert Vandenbosch. Is there any particular website that you have that you would encourage listeners to go to for information? Yeah, well, we publish all the information.

All my articles, interviews, etcetera, are published on the website Voice for science and Solidarity. So, Voice for Science and solidarity, because I think these are two notions that are very important to science and also solidarity. Discrimination whatsoever towards vaccinated people. Like, it was also completely ridiculous to discriminate or, you know, the unvaccinated at the beginning of this vaccination campaigns. Yeah.

So, yeah, there people can find the information. And I'm sorry for the harsh message, but I'm always saying somebody needs to tell the truth. And since I'm too convinced of what I'm saying, I dare to do so well, I want to thank you very much for daring to do that, and we'll stand by and see how this plays out.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country – 05-16-2024

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

Episode Summary:

The discussion in the document centers around the state of libertarianism and conservatism in America. It highlights the corruption and consolidation of power within Washington, DC, contrasting the Mises Institute in Auburn, Alabama, as a prime example of a libertarian organization that avoids DC's corrupting influence. Other organizations, like Cato, are criticized for being based in DC and thus becoming corrupted. The conversation touches on the historical tendencies of conservatism to lose battles against the expansion of government power, citing examples like the evolution of attitudes towards the New Deal and other major governmental programs. The dialogue critiques the conservative and libertarian responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, noting a lack of opposition to lockdowns and other restrictive measures, which are described as totalitarian. It delves into America's foreign policy, particularly its treatment of the Kurds and the controversy surrounding the lab leak theory of COVID-19's origin. The conversation also examines the economic impact of zero interest rates and government spending, arguing that these policies benefit the politically connected at the expense of ordinary citizens. Cultural shifts and the role of the media in shaping public opinion on issues like systemic racism and the financial crisis are explored. The influence of major political figures, such as Barack Obama, and the transformation of the Democratic Party into a wealthy, business-aligned entity are discussed. The document concludes with reflections on power, the responsibilities of the ruling class, and the roles of libertarians and conservatives in opposing government overreach.

#Libertarianism #Conservatism #WashingtonDC #Corruption #MisesInstitute #Cato #NewDeal #COVID19 #Pandemic #Totalitarianism #ForeignPolicy #Kurds #LabLeak #ZeroInterestRates #GovernmentSpending #MediaInfluence #SystemicRacism #FinancialCrisis #DemocraticParty #Obama #Power #RulingClass #Libertarians #Conservatives #GovernmentOverreach #PoliticalFigures #CulturalShifts #PublicOpinion #EconomicImpact #AmericanPolitics #HistoricalTrends #PolicyCritique #Liberty #Freedom #CivilLiberties

Key Takeaways:
  • Libertarianism and conservatism in America face corruption and power consolidation in Washington, DC.
  • The Mises Institute is highlighted as a prime example of avoiding DC's corrupting influence.
  • Conservatism historically loses battles against government expansion.
  • The COVID-19 pandemic response is criticized as totalitarian, with conservatives and libertarians showing little opposition.
  • Foreign policy issues include America's treatment of the Kurds and the lab leak theory of COVID-19's origin.
  • Zero interest rates and government spending policies benefit the politically connected at the expense of ordinary citizens.
  • Media plays a significant role in shaping public opinion on systemic racism and the financial crisis.
  • The Democratic Party has transformed into a wealthy, business-aligned entity under figures like Barack Obama.
  • Power dynamics, ruling class responsibilities, and the roles of libertarians and conservatives in opposing government overreach are explored.
Predictions:
  • The continued consolidation of power and corruption within Washington, DC, will persist if unchecked.
  • Government spending and zero interest rate policies will continue to benefit the politically connected.
  • Libertarians and conservatives will face ongoing challenges in effectively opposing government overreach.
Key Players:
  • Mises Institute
  • Cato Institute
  • Ronald Reagan
  • FDR (Franklin D. Roosevelt)
  • Donald Trump
  • Chris Matthews
  • John McCain
  • Saddam Hussein
  • George H.W. Bush
  • Vladimir Putin
  • Hans Hermann Hoppe
  • Ron Paul
  • Rand Paul
  • Angela McArdle
  • RFK Jr. (Robert F. Kennedy Jr.)
  • Nikki Haley
  • Mike Pompeo
  • Mike Pence
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Dave Smith on how neocons wrecked the country - 05-16-2024

I mean, it's a little weird for me because you're a libertarian and in fact, you could even wind up on a libertarian ticket at some point, if not this cycle. No, but I'm just saying it could Right. So you're literally a libertarian. And, but for some reason we have the same instincts on almost everything.

I would say there are a lot of people in conservative media who I always have felt like I had a lot in common with and now I don't. And it's not because I've gotten liberal. I've gotten way less liberal. I see them as way more liberal. So what, like what happened to conservative media?

Not all of them. I have a million friends in it. But like a lot of the big names seem very liberal to me. Yeah. I mean, I think that it's kind of the same thing that happened to libertarians.

I think they're in Washington, DC and that's not where you're supposed to be. No, that's right. And so the best, like the best libertarian organization in the world is the Mises Institute and it's based in Auburn and they. Alabama. Yeah.

And they specifically put it there because they like want no part of Washington, DC. And then you see all of the, you know, Cato and guys like that who are based out of DC, they get very corrupted and they, and you can look at it. It's like, it's the same thing. We were just talking about Donahue calling out Chris Matthews back in the day. They're having cocktail parties with the Fed chairman.

But you're a libertarian. You shouldn't be doing, they're actually doing that. Yeah. Oh, yeah, yeah. Actually doing that.

And I think a lot of that's the same problem with the kind of conservatism, Inc. Or whatever. They've been, they've been corrupted and power is seductive. And I'm sure you know that from like being in DC for so many years that you, I'm not saying like, you're kind of an anomaly. You think about all the people in Washington, DC and how much all of them wanted to suck up to power almost.

Right? Like what, 90 something percent? At least that's why they're there. Right. And so it's a, it's a difficult thing.

I didn't get that for some reason for so long. I was living in the middle of it. I don't know. I'm not a super genius. So I didn't, I didn't realize how corrupt it was.

Everyone always said it was corrupt. It felt like a really nice place to me. Raised all my kids there and. But when you realize how corrupt it is, I mean, it's horrifying. Yeah.

But that's also, I think there's something like the, the nature of conservatism or the conservative movement in America has always just been to lose. It's like, built into them. Like every generation just loses and then moves on to the next thing to lose. Like the old right, the Robert Taft right, they were largely in opposition to the new deal. That was, they were fighting back against SDR's new deal.

We're in opposition to that. And then you cut forward 20 years and it's FDR, Democrats are the new Republicans. Right. Ronald Reagan, it's, nobody would dare question the new deal. And then, of course, there was a movement pushing back against the great society.

Yes. And now, of course, no, entitlements are like, no one would ever dare question Medicare. Look, just recently I saw Donald Trump, who's not a traditional conservative, but he did the most traditional conservative thing when he said, he said, when we get in there again, we are going to fix Obamacare. And I'm like, okay, all right, so that's where we're at now, right? It's no more repeal, and you don't even hear Republicans talk about it anymore.

Right. So it's always like the next round of big government increases, the next round of centralized power in DC, they will put up a little fight. They will lose. They will then a few years later accept this as something that we is consensus amongst all of us. But, but you see, we're against whatever the next thing is, you know, transiting the kids or, you know, student loan bailouts.

We're against that now, you know, but they'll lose and then eventually accept. Why would you. So that, what does that suggest about them? They don't, it's, this is a performance. This is not sincere.

Yeah. I mean, conservatives typically have played the role of being against consolidating power in DC. Right. But that's, you know, that's obviously, that's going against the wind, not with it. And so it's almost like, it almost seems like a professional wrestling thing where they're, like they're the ones who are supposed to lose.

At the end of the day, they kind of say the right thing, never really mean it, and then ultimately acquiesce. I have to say I was disgusted by the lack of fight in a lot of professional conservatives during COVID like, disgusted by it, you know, banning freedom of movement, freedom of speech, bodily autonomy, the whole thing was, like, so mind blowing to me. This actually was the totalitarianism we've been worried about or talking, pretending we're worried about for a long time. It came, and a lot of them didn't say anything about it. But I was totally bewildered by the libertarian response, which was also kind of silent.

I thought Cato would be, I don't know, camped out in front of the White House or the CDC or like, what was that? Well, it shows you. I mean, it's, well, just, and because you use the word totalitarian, and I think sometimes when you use that word, it's perceived as, like, being somewhat hyperbolic. But it's really, like, what else could describe lockdowns? Well, that's what I thought.

That is totalitarianism. You had american citizens turning on their tv every morning to find out from their governor what they were allowed to do. Well, exactly like, I mean, the most, you couldn't imagine. Like, the question was like, can I have a funeral for my dad? And they're like, sorry, no, we've decided you can't.

You know, I mean, like, the most intimate details, yes. Liberties that we would all have taken for granted. And so, okay, to your point, right. Not only did conservatives not fight against it, I think the majority of them cheered it on or went along with it. I noticed.

And as far as the, you know, the point about libertarians, there are kind of like, there are these moments, and I know you experienced this a lot when you were on your Fox show. There are these moments where there's like a storm, where there's something like a white hot issue, you know, and it becomes very easy later after that passes to be on the right side of that. Like, everyone's on the right side of Iraq now. You know what I mean? John McCain wrote in his memoir that Iraq was a mistake.

So even John McCain could admit many years later. But the thing is that didn't, that doesn't really matter as much as if you were opposed to it when it was happening. Because, like, in 2002, if you were like, hey, I don't, I don't think he has weapons of mass destruction, you were, everybody knew that. Well, that just means you're a queer, basically, you know, and you hate your country and you're weak and you're, and so, you know, there's, there's little things, you know, the example I like to use a lot because I remember you broadcasting through this so you'll remember it well, but was when I'm, when Donald Trump announced that he was going to pull out of Syria. And for, like, two weeks, it was like, the Kurds, remember, we're abandoning the Kurds, but our allies, the Kurds, like, by the way, if our ancient allies.

Yeah. Yes. If there's one thing that has been consistent in american foreign policy in my lifetime is that we always screw over the Kurds, but for whatever state. I mean. Yeah, I mean, we.

George Hw Bush encouraged them to rise up and overthrow Saddam Hussein and then went, nah, you know, I thought about it again. I don't think so. Just slaughtered all. I mean, you know, but why am I laughing? It's.

Well, no, it's. Well, it's consistent theme. Well, it's that we're not laughing. Plight of the curse. We're laughing at the hypocrisy of the media.

But for, like, two weeks, if anyone said they wanted to, you know, they supported Trump pulling out of Syria, it was like, you're a bad person. You hate the Kurds. By the way, has anyone checked in on the Kurds since then? Has the media ever talked about them again? Like, it was totally just used in that moment.

And that's just a little example. Like, that's not the big one, but, like. Like our historic enemies, the Houthis, right? Yes. Man, I remember growing up in La Jolla in the seventies, hearing about the Houthis, and my father said, I just want you to grow strong and resolute so we can fight the Houthi hordes.

Your one purpose in life is to get strong enough to take on these Houthis when the day comes, and it will, where these Houthis challenge our freedom, you must be prepared. Right? It's. It's so ridiculous. But, like, look, I remember.

So, uh, you. It was either in. It might have been April or May of 2020, but I remember you covering on your show, and I also covered this on my podcast at the time. Got to a smaller audience, but you covering the lab leak, you were like, hey, this is a really, like, plausible theory of where. And in fact, it seems to make a lot more sense because already there was.

It's not that we had, like, a conclusive case that you could take to court, but there were, like, big pieces of information that were really narrative shattering. Well, and there were also. The bats weren't close enough to where the wet market was. Also, a wet market is a seafood market. So why were they selling mammals in a seafood market?

Just pangolins and bats? And then there was a group of chinese researchers who, in December and January of 2020, wrote this paper said, no, we think this was a lab leak. And then they all disappeared. That was on the Internet. And there were like four scientists from the lab that were hospitalized in November with COVID like symptoms.

And you were like, that's, I don't know, my eyebrow is raising. Is yours not raising? You know, but at the time, this was, and I know you were aware of this, this was a crazy, controversial thing to say. You were racist. Somehow it's more racist to think that the Chinese had like a lab than to think they were like biting bath heads off or something like, it's so bizarre.

But by the way, now, as I say this to you now, this is not controversial at all. This isn't a white hot issue. It was then, but it's not now. And so a lot of just what, back to your original point about like, the libertarians who failed on the job, a lot of it is simply comes down to be a matter of courage. It's just a matter of like, hey, when the issue that might make everyone hate you and all of the powerful people call you the worst names, which naturally human beings have a tendency to not want, that we don't want to be ostracized, you don't want to be called these names.

Some people just kind of have this personality trait. And this isn't like whether you're on the left or right. It's something that you have. It's something I have. It's something Alex Berenson has.

Yes. He's kind of like, I don't care. I'll say it right now when it's going to get me called all, well, it really, I remember about 15 years ago, it was in July and I was in Maine and my kids were playing on the dock. And it was like the happiest day, you know, it was like perfect Bluebird day. Sound of LaugHTER of children it was like just, I was like, oh, I was in such a good mood and I was looking at my kids and sort of walking along and I stepped on a beehive and a whole swarm of bees flew up my shorts and just attacked me in my nether regions.

And I went in about, no exaggeration, 10 seconds from being placid and happy to being in agony and on fire. And I jumped in the lake, wrecked my cell phone. That is the experience of these hysterical moments. All of a sudden, it's like being stung by a swarm. Everybody's against you.

Everybody's saying exactly the same thing. You go from like placid, happy, calm, clear thinking to totally unable to think clearly. And on all these issues, the day Navalny died in custody, russian custody, it's like we decide, of course, Putin killed him or whatever, and to be able to see and think clearly in that moment, like, that's the key right there. When you're getting swarmed, you may have come to the obvious conclusion that the real debate is not between Republican and Democrat or socialist and capitalist, right, left. The real battle is between people who are lying on purpose and people who are trying to tell you the truth.

It's between good and evil. It's between honesty and falsehood. And we hope we are on the former side. That's why we created this network, the Tucker Carlson network, and we invite you to subscribe to it. You go to tuckercarlson.com podcast.

Our entire archive. Is there a lot of behind the scenes footage of what actually happens in this barn when only an iPhone is running Tuckercarlson.com podcast, you will not regret it. Who is the guy? Who is the. He was the science editor for the New York Times at Wade Nicholas.

Nicholas Wade, right. I mean, that guy was like nature and, you know, like, all of the biggest scientific publications was the New York Times guy. And it's like that. Like that you're done. And they call the question.

Yeah, yeah. It's not just like, oh, you lose your job or something like that. It's like you. We're going to smear you in the most vicious ways to, like, all of these. And we're social creatures where we naturally respond to that.

But. But how does that happen? Well, like, you've watched this carefully. How. I mean, it's.

Speaking of bees, it is the hive mind at work, but it's. It's so, like, perfectly and with great discipline executed. It's like in a space of 4 hours, the entire machine turns on one guy and destroys him. Like, how? What is.

You can see why people come up with conspiracies to explain that, right? Sure. Yeah. And they are quite possibly right. I mean, I don't know exactly what the conspiracy is, but it quite possibly is one, but no dissent at all.

Yeah. But then my thing is just that I do think, and I think this is something I've benefited from. I know this cause I hear this back from my audience a lot, that it's like, oh, when you were right on those issues, when it really mattered, you kind of gain credibility. Well, that's right. And I also think that, like, you know, let's say there's like, I don't know, like a right wing or conservative commentator who's telling you how you have to feel about the new storm right now.

It's like, well, just tell me, how did you do on the last three storms? You know, like, like, were you, were you telling dopes to get the vaccine? Were you telling everyone to be socially distanced? Or were you, like, on the right side of that? Where were you on Ukraine?

You know, were you saying that, like, oh, you know, like they can win or whatever the story is? You know what I mean? Like, it's. And, and I do watch a lot of people who go, like, got everything consistently wrong. It's the same way as the neoconservatives, right?

Like, even if, I mean, I hate them so much, it's hard to speak about them, like, with any type of sense of fairness. But how do you listen? Let's just say you got six wars wrong and you were wrong about every single one. Like, let's just say you were for the war in Iraq and then you were for, you know, regime change in Afghanistan against the Taliban, who did not attack us, and then you were for overthrowing Gaddafi, and then you were for overthrowing Assad, and then you were for backing the saudi war in Yemen and, like, all these things, and it's just nothing but disaster, every one of them. Okay, but then you're gonna come out and confidently be like, and I'm for this next war.

And let me tell you why. You have to be too. And you don't have, like, enough. Just, like, you don't feel humiliated enough that, like, you couldn't come out even if you were for this. You'd be like, man, I really think we should fight this war.

But I can't come out and say we should fight this war because the last six times I said it, it was nothing but a disaster. But the same people who were like, you see, Tucker, when we overthrow Saddam Hussein, democracy will sweep the region. And you see, we're going to be greeted as liberators. We won't be fighting off a 20 year insurgency. You see, they'll greet us as liberators because they love us.

And then democracy will sweep the region, and then Iran will lose influence in the region. And then Hezbollah will start being nice to Israel. And like, all these grand predictions and every last one of them, oh, it'll be paid for in oil. Do you remember all the things they used? Very well?

I mean, it's, you know, it's a cakewalk. It's a slam dunk that he has weapons of mass destruction. So every single one of these things you were wrong about, you get to now be the person advocating the next one. But you wouldn't ever allow that kind of behavior in your children. You can't let a lie stand.

Kids lie. You catch them lying. And the whole point of the exercise is to get them to admit to your face, yes, I did this. No, I won't do it again. Like that's a, that's an integral step, right.

You have to go through that or else you don't improve as a person, you become shittier as a person. Yeah, that's right. And I would also, maybe this is me adding my libertarian bent to this, but I would also say that in the, in the private sector, and I mean, not like the crony connected to government private sector, but like in true business, you also don't get away with that stuff. Of course. You can't just fail over and over again.

This only happens either in the government or in, you know, companies that are essentially the government, but, you know, like live off no big government contracts or something like that. But, yeah. And it's, the major problem is that, look, like at least there are problems with free markets and it's made up of human beings. So there's always problems. But there's at least like a cleansing mechanism.

There's like profit and loss. Yes. If you lose too much, you go out of business with government. The worse you do, the more funding you get. But, so this is, if the kids can't read, we need a higher education.

I completely agree with you. And for all I piss on libertarians. And of course I was one for most of my life. I'm gonna bring it back. Give me time.

No, it's just interesting. I think the reason I'm mad at libertarians is because I don't see a free market in the United States. Oh, of course not. Yeah. Right.

And so, I mean, I look at green energy or the defense space and like there's that, that bears no resemblance to a market at all. Well, and a lot of finance. Yes. But I would also point out that, like, look, there are just like with every group, just like conservatives, there are different camps within libertarians. So just to point out, like the thing I said about the last five storms, if you go listen to what Ron Paul was saying throughout the entire COVID, he was perfect.

Tom Woods, Lou Rockwell, Jeff Dice, like, there's this group of libertarians who were great the entire time. Well, I totally agree. I've never stopped loving Ron Paul. So the difference between, say, like the Ron Paul, the Ron paulian libertarians, which I would consider myself to be one of and say like the Cato or groups like that, is that the Cato types tend to like, almost have this academic discussion of what it would be like in a free market and then talk as if that's what we're living in right now. But that, you know, I mean, I was a fellow at Cato, so I remember this very well.

That organization, that foundation, 501 C three, is run by an oligarch. Actually, it's run by Charles Koch. Right. So he kicked out the old head, he brought in the new head. And you sort of wonder if you're a libertarian, you can't, you're not for government power, but you're also suspicious of oligarchs, right?

Aren't you? Well, of course. And particularly like, say, the same oligarch who's not only funding the Cato Institute but is also funding the Republican Party in general. Exactly. And the party who consistently is growing the size of government every bit as much as the Democrats are.

You know, it's almost, it's become a thing where if a Republican were to ever say, you know, say we need smaller government, or like Nikki Haley was talking about smaller government, you just roll your eyes because it never means anything. They've been talking about this forever. There's never been one time, and there's been several times in my life where the Republicans have controlled the Congress and the White House. Oh, yes. Never once been a cut in spending.

Of course not. Spending always goes up. There's been some cuts in top marginal tax rates. Right. You know, not even drastic cuts, but they're, yes, we'll have rich people pay less taxes.

There's never a cut in spending because that's a cut in the power of the federal government and they're not for that. And so if the guys who are funding that are also funding this libertarian institute to write policy paper for recommendations that are never going to be implemented anyway, it does raise some eyebrows, I would say, like, look to the bigger question of libertarians and the side, like I've heard you say before, the US federal government is the biggest, most powerful government in the history of the world by far. There's not a close second. It's a government that can snap its fingers and overthrow regimes anywhere in the world and does it regularly. And so that is as the country is kind of spinning out of control and everything has just gotten more and more corrupt.

The, that's directly related to the fact that DC has gotten more and more powerful. And this is, to me, like, I've been saying this for a while. It's not my original thought. This is something Hans Hermann Hopper said back in the nineties where he basically said that libertarians need to learn a conservative lesson and conservatives need to learn a libertarian lesson. And what he meant by that was that libertarians basically need to learn that.

Okay, just because we might believe that the government ought to not bash someone over the head and lock them in a cage for doing something doesn't mean we have to celebrate it. You don't have to celebrate degeneracy. You don't have to be on the side of that. In fact, a functioning society needs good family values. And that's just like, a fact.

We don't believe that should be enforced at the point of a gun. But that doesn't mean, like, you know, like even if you think, say, like whatever you think prostitution should be legal, you could still have a feeling that it's hard, horrible, and represents a tragedy on all sides. And so that's like kind of the conservative lesson that libertarians need to learn. I think a lot of libertarians in the Ron Paul kind of school did learn that. And the lesson that I would say that conservatives or trumpian populist types need to learn is that if Donald Trump's going to say, drain the swamp, it's like, okay, but what does that mean?

Like, what does that look like? How do you actually drain the swamp? And it's really actually very simple. It means cut government spending. As long as Washington, DC is the most powerful organization in the history of the world, and they're spending over $6 trillion a year, that is by definition, a swamp.

That's why more millionaires live in the suburbs outside of Washington, DC than anywhere else in the world. They don't make anything except weapons, you know what I mean? That are purchased by the government. It's, I've heard you talk about this before. They don't even make them there.

Right, right. I mean, there's no, there's not a single act of creation. Yeah. In the entire DC, the DMV, as they call it. Right.

Well, no. And it's literally, not only are they not creating, but they're parasitic by nature. Of course. They're taking Americans money. And this is what I mean.

I think this is kind of the central source of why the country is spinning out of control and why we're so incredibly corrupt at every level is because there is this parasitic force in Washington, DC that, that's grown bigger and bigger and more powerful. I absolutely agree with that. And I do think I saw it change. I remember the moment it changed, and it was the moment when the Democratic Party subverted the so called business community, which was always a kind of counterbalance against this, because the idea was the government makes it actually harder for people to conduct business. It stifles free markets, and we're against that.

So the chamber of Commerce and business roundtable were always sort of pushing back against the growth of government. Bill Clinton changed that, and he changed that by declaring a ceasefire between the Democratic Party and the rich. And he did it during the tech boom. I'll never forget this. Democrats were always saying, and I thought, you know, I didn't agree with them, but I sort of thought it was important for the purpose of balance to have this.

They would say they were suspicious of people with too much money. There's too much power. Like, what about the value of labor? Right? You got the value of capital, value of labor.

They're kind of in conflict with one another, and we're on the side of labor. All of a sudden, Bill Clinton's like, no, there's nothing wrong with being, you know, making a billion dollars at 32 for creating an app, you know, running web van or etoys or pets.com, everything you could think of. Totally. And it was so smart. And he did it for the purpose of fundraising.

And all of a sudden. And the Democratic Party became far richer than the Republican Party. And all the formerly republican leafy suburbs around the country, you know, Greenwich, Connecticut and McLean, Virginia, they all went left. Actually. It was brilliant and evil, but its effect was to completely wreck the country because there was no counterbalance against power at all.

So once the government, you know, the people with the nuclear weapons and business, the people with the largest bank accounts are aligned, that leaves everybody else, like, who's defending them? Yeah. And then you said something last night when we were having dinner that I thought was so interesting. I was thinking about it after we left, but you were talking about how, like, traditionally the rich people were in suits and ties. Yes.

Right. Well, your uniform matters. I mean, that's why we have uniforms. Right? That's why the bus driver wears a uniform and your airline pilots have their stupid outfits and your stewardesses are dressed up like they are because it.

It says a lot about their role in your society. And rich people used to spend a lot of money on clothes. And the whole point of that was to say, we're rich, we're in a separate class. And that comes with tons of advantages. But it also comes with obligations.

Noblesse oblige was a thing. And all of a sudden, in the nineties, you notice the richest people in America start dressing in, like, t shirts and hoodies and like, what's the message of that? And the message of that is we're just like you. Which is another way of saying we have no obligation to anyone but ourselves. Actually, we don't owe you anything.

And it comes out of this mindset that they do have. And I know them, of course, well, so I know that they feel this way, that we're the. We're the richest because we came up through this credentialing system that we claim as a meritocracy. And we won. We won all the prizes because we're superior.

It's. It's something. It's so fascinating. This is why I don't like chess and why I prefer backgammon. Because backgammon has probably 30 or 40% of a luck element to it.

Just like life, right? Right. Just like life. Like, why didn't I get leukemia and die at five tons of five year olds do? I don't know, but I should be grateful for that.

So, like, I've been relatively successful in my stupid little category. That's not all my doing. Like, show some. Be magnanimous about it. Well, this is why I was thinking about that, because I think it's such a good point, because there is something kind of counterintuitive to it where you'd be like, oh, but if they're dressing like the people, then maybe they'd feel more connected to the people.

In fact, it's actually the opposite, because it is. It reminds me, in a way, this is what I was thinking about literally last night in my hotel. I was thinking about you making this comment, and it was reminding me of when the lockdowns first started and there were all those celebrities would come on and be like, we're all in this together. And you're like Ellen DeGeneres. You're in a mansion.

You're not in the same situation. There's a guy out there, there who's got three kids and makes sixty k a year, and he was just deemed non essential. And he is, like, terrified about the future of how he's going to support his family. And Ellen's sitting here and her message is, we're all in the same boat, man. You know?

Like, we're all in the same. I know one of my servants got COVID and couldn't come in today. So I only had a team of five. You know, and you're like. So, in a sense, you're like, while the message is we're all in this together, and that kind of superficially sounds like a nice message, it's actually the worst message.

A much better message would be to acknowledge exactly that I'm not in the situation that you're in at all. That, for me, it's actually fine to be. If you're in the leadership class you have. And, I mean, I've been in it my whole life. I know.

You have a moral obligation to admit it. Yes. Because once you admit it out loud, then you realize there are massive benefits to it, but there are also massive obligations to it. They're shirking their duty. That's right.

That's what they're actually doing. And that's actually the opposite of being noble. That's. It's fraudulent. It's.

It's disgusting. Yes. And it's. It's a lie. Your.

Your whole thing is based on a lie. It's Sam Bankman freed, of course. Oh, I just drive like a shitty little Toyota. It's like, oh, actually, you're defrauding Michelle Obama, goes to Princeton for free, and has been the ruling class her whole life. Yeah.

And she's still lecturing you about how she's a victim of racism. Hillary Clinton, exact same thing. Goes to Wellesley, spends her entire life in the ruling class, and she's still whining about how she's discriminated against. Why are they doing that? Yeah, and did you.

You ever see, they'll have, like, pictures of side by side, but it'll be, like, pictures of, like, Jimmy Carter's house and Obama's house. And that totally represents something about the, like, corroding of our soul that you're, like, we would allow people who call themselves public servants, which, of course, is ridiculous. They're not. But. But still, they don't even have to pretend to keep up a facade of that.

Like, you get to live in this insane, like, mansion off what? Because you were president, and you get to cash in on that now, in a white neighborhood, you should be required to live in the hood. If you're. If you're Barack Obama. And you.

If you're using that card, you use that card. You. The only reason you got elected was because of your race. You spent your entire eight years inflaming race hate in our country, and then you go to Martha's vineyard, the whitest zip code in the world. Not allowed.

You're not allowed to do that. Well, it also, I mean, it did, it did so much damage, his inflaming racial hatred. And I'll say after, you know, Barack Obama's campaign in 2008 there, first of all, it was just leaving. How you feel about the guy aside, it was an amazing campaign. It was unlike anything that had ever been run before.

Genius. Yes, it was totally brilliant. It was his. Now, of course, it wasn't what they presented it as. It wasn't like a grassroots campaign.

It was. He was approved of by the powers that, of course, he didn't just happen to, as a junior senator, get like a primetime speaking slot in 2004 where he gave that speech. He wasn't even a senator yet, was he a state senator still? That's when I first met Barack Obama, walking down the street, smoking a cigarette in Boston on my way to dinner at the palm. I'll never forget it.

And I met him and Jesse Jackson Junior. They pulled over to say hi to me. I'd never heard his name. And I covered politics for a living. Right.

And he gave the keynote at the end of that week. That was Sunday night. He spoke on Thursday. And, yeah, he was not a us senator. That was the campaign.

It was great. It was absolutely crazy. So it was clearly kind of orchestrated, even powerful, by the Pritzker family, of course. But listen, the speeches that he gave and much of the message, first off, I actually, there's probably a lot of things that I would have agreed with him that he was running on. I agreed with a lot of things George W.

Bush ran on in the year 2000. I'll tell you what I agree with. You turned around and didn't govern like that at all. Let's sort of, like, elect the black guy and get past the race stuff. I loved that.

Well, especially because that was his message. That was his message. Let's get past the race. I love that. And even, and there was a broader, more unifying thing.

I mean, I remember. Cause he was such a powerful public speaker. I mean, he never really said anything, but it would still be beautiful, you know? Yes, I remember in his acceptance speech at 2008 at the DNC, we had this whole line where he was like, he was like, I love this country, and so do you. And so does John McCain.

The men and women who have fought for this country have been Republicans and Democrats and independents, but they fought together and died together, not defending a red America or a blue America, the United States of America. And then it's like, oh, what? I mean, he didn't really say anything there, but, you know, but it was beautifully put. I'm 100% for that. Yeah, the message was great and great.

And look, he also was very critical of the George W. Bush administration's excesses. And I'm going to end the war in Iraq. I'm going to reinstitute habeas corpus. We're going to end torture.

There were a lot of. He didn't do any of that. I mean, I guess he ended the war in Iraq eventually and then reinvaded the country because the ISIS fighters he was arming invaded the country. But. But then I think essentially what happened, and it was around Obama's reelection campaign, this is where things really went off the rails in this country, was that he got in there and continued and expanded all the worst of the Bush policies.

Oh, of course. And so they almost had nothing to run on, and so they decided to pivot to a culture war instead. And this was a decision. And again, I don't know exactly what the conspiracy is, but this decision was made from the top down, that I think it was a response to Obama's failures. It was a response to these movements like the Tea Party and Occupy Wall street, which we're getting a little bit too close.

That's right. A little bit too close to the target. And all this, you know, I'm sure you've looked at this before, but where there's these nexus charts and you can chart out, like, how many times all the woke terms are used, transgenderism, all that. And it's all, like, right around 2012. It's all sudden, like, you know, systemic racism goes from being mentioned like, this many times throughout history to, like, shooting at, like, the New York Times and Washington.

It's a very famous graph, and I've used it many times and trying to explain this, but that's exactly right. Like, fight amongst yourselves. Yep. I think it was the finance. It was the hangover from.

From the financial crisis. Yeah, well, that was a huge part of it, for sure. And also that Obama's, you know, like, so in the year, like, from 2007 to 2010, the median net worth in America shrunk by, like, 40%. People lost. Like, 40% of american wealth was lost.

And you can imagine, especially now, having kids at the time, I didn't have kids, and I was young. I was like, whatever, bad economy, that sucks. But you can appreciate now what that would be like if you just lost 40% of your net worth and you got little kids. How destabilizing that is. And Obama's solution to this, the Obama recovery, was okay.

It was record high government spending and record low interest rates. This was the solution. This is how we're going to save the economy. We're going to bring interest rates down to zero and we're going to bring government spending higher than it's ever been before at that time. So you can say on paper there's a little bit of a recovery here, but what really happens in that environment, it's like all the politically connected people in Washington, DC, they make more money.

And the speculators have a field day because now everybody in Wall Street's making more money because you have to invest now, right? Because you're losing money if you just save. And so this ultimately is what built. Then they throw the culture war in there to, like you said, fight amongst yourselves. And the result of that was Donald Trump.

The result of all of that was the condition for Trump, zero interest rates. That had a greater, I think, negative effect on the country than any war we've ever fought. For one thing, it just asset prices ballooned. I mean, this is fake. Everyone knows what happens over time with free money.

The money becomes worth less. And so there's a rush to assets, and now you can't buy a house, right? That's right. And then, and then the boom is always followed by the bust. And so you have all of this mal investment because the way it works, and this is where austrian economics, which I disparage.

No, I have never disparaged. I'm just mad about the results. Results. But it's not a result of austrian economics or libertarianism. It's a result of abandoning all agree.

Right? So it's, but look, the basic thing is that, like interest rates are a price, they're a price just like anything else. It's the price of money, of course, the price of borrowing money. And so just like every other price, there's information given in these prices. So if, if steel becomes very, very cheap, that gives information to a businessman that like, hey, we're producing a lot of steel very easily now, if you wanted to do a project that requires a lot of steel, now's the time to do it, because we're producing steel now.

That works when you have real prices because, oh, there's a big production of steel, so you can buy. But if the government just came in and said, we have price controls and we insist that the price of steel is very, very cheap, what's going to happen is people are going to start building projects with steel and then realize we're out of steel pretty soon because it wasn't a real signal exactly. No, I agree. When you. When you make interest rates zero for a decade, it's a signal for people to say, borrow money when they wouldn't have otherwise borrowed.

Like, maybe you wouldn't borrow if rates were eight or 9%, but at zero, this is a good time to borrow this money. But again, it's a fake signal. We're borrowing all this money. So maybe I am a libertarian because I got all kinds of advice from. I'm not sophisticated at all with money, but all kinds of advice.

Borrow money. It's free. And I never did. Yes. Not $1.

Yeah, well, it's a really bad idea. I feel like the amount of debt that people carry is the untold story in the United States. Yeah. And I don't know why we're, like, in favor of the credit card companies or people are getting rich from the. It's just bad.

Having a lot of debt is bad. I don't know why that's, like, if you say that, by the way, that's considered super radical, but, like, I don't. Why is that radical? Well, yeah, I think about the idea that we have all of these policies designed to get people to gamble their life savings. Like, why would you penalize for not carrying debt?

When I made money in. Not that long ago, when I was, like, finally could pay off my. The first thing I did was pay off my mortgage. That's the first thing I did. And my college roommate, who's really much smarter than I am, has made a ton of money.

He's like, that's crazy. You have to pay. I forgot what it was. But, like, you lose the. The tax shield, and it was, like, 18 grand.

I had to pay $18,000 a year for the privilege of not being in debt to a bank. Yeah. What? Yeah. And that the system is, like, artificially designed to be that way.

You know what I mean? That it's like, oh, these are the tax laws that will encourage people. And also. Wait, you're. You're penalizing me for not being in debt?

Yes. Like, that's law. Like, I think about. Just think about what the industry, income taxes, they penalize you for working. Well, that's crime.

To work. The punishment is a fee. The more productive you are, the more punishment you get. So let me ask you this question, as an austrian economic economist. Why the disparity between the tax on labor and the tax on capital?

Well, because that's the rules that the government made, let me say. Right. Because I think you're totally right about this. Right. That it's like, look, I've heard you talk about, about this before.

So, like, if the capital gains tax is 15%, but then someone working pays 30%. So, like, what are you saying? We would rather. But so here's the next level to that. This is all, I think, that you're missing in that, because I think you're completely right in your, like, your, your critique of that.

But, okay, so if we were, let's say, to fix that, that disparity, there's basically two ways we could do that. One would be to raise capital gains taxes up 30%. Okay. So the result of that would be that, I guess we would disincentivize certain types of investment. Maybe the government, let's say it works out perfectly and we are able, the people on Wall street don't have an army of tax lawyers and accountants who can get them out of this stuff, as they always end up doing.

So then DC gets more money. So then the corrupt, most powerful government in the world gets a little bit more money. They will then leverage that to borrow three times as much and just sell more debt. It will go to politically connected cronies. Right.

It'll be, however, let's say the other option to that is we could lower individual taxes to 15% and now give every working family in this country a huge raise. A huge raise. So that's all I'm saying. You're right about the discrepancy there, and it's totally corrupt. But it's like, what, what's the solution to that?

Well, the solution is, look, if you tied them legislatively and just said they're going to be the same, the tax on capital will always be the same as the tax on labor. Then the average person, which includes me, I don't have any investments. I just work on my salary. Right. So, like most people, the average person would benefit from the lobbying power of Wall street.

Right? Right. So they're always going to be the same. But, like, all of a sudden, I have an army of bank lobbyists and private equity lobbyists keeping my income taxes low. Yes.

Look, in theory, I would love that idea. It's just, if the answer there is to just like, it's unbelievable to me that particularly, like, people like, you know, like Bernie Sanders types will say that they care so much about working people and they want to do whatever they can to help these working people. And yet the biggest bill for working people is their federal income taxes. And I mean, the IR's. I mean, I know stories from good friends of mine.

They are ruthless. I mean, they go back 20 years, ruin people. And this isn't just like, it's like people kind of have this idea that there's, like economic issues over here and social issues over here as if they're different, but they're really not. I mean, you go back 20 years on somebody and say, you know, a guy who's making 30 grand a year and they go back and maybe it's only just like, you know, a few thousand dollars a year that he owes, but they go back 20 years on you and you owed three grand a year, and so now you owe $60,000. Oh, yeah.

You know what I mean? This is what leads to divorces, suicides, putting pistols in their mouth. Yeah. You know, kids growing up without their dad around. I mean, it's like these things are interconnected.

And you see that just over the last few years with the price inflation, how bad it's been. I mean, like, this ruins people. So why isn't that a news story? I don't understand. If everybody, I mean, and I will say, you know, because of my age and income, I'm a little cut off, but I try not to be cut off.

And people I talk to, they all complain about grocery store prices, like, a lot, and they're shocking. But I never hear anybody say that. Yeah. I mean, I certainly talk about it a lot. I think that there's, it's not, it's not in anybody's interest, I guess.

Like, it's not in any partisan interest to really talk about that because both parties are totally complicit. Yeah. And so it's, you know, no matter who, you know, people, because we live in this weird, like, two party system and everybody becomes partisans, especially in an election year, and they're all just trying to kind of get their guy over. And no one's really, you know, I mean, there are Trump supporters who like to talk about the inflation under Obama, but I don't really want to talk about it too much because it all started with the money that was being printed in 2020. That's Donald Trump was championing the whole time, actually, and smearing Thomas Massey for daring to say, hey, we should have a vote on this before we spend more money than we've ever spent when we're broker than we've ever been.

And he's, and Trump, of course, bragging that it was the biggest bill, you know, because it's so Trump, because it's the biggest, because a lot of other people had spending bills. Mine's the biggest spending bill. You know, and like, look, I'm not trying to, you know, there are, Trump is, like, the most entertaining character, and he's hated by all of the right people, and a lot of his instincts are correct. And he was also framed for treason by his own intelligence agencies. And so there's a lot of Donald Trump that I can sympathize with and relate to his supporters.

But the truth is that it was such a disaster to lock down the economy and to say we're just going to print our way out of this was such a disaster. I agree. And he totally got rolled by all the people around him and just did not have the wisdom or the courage to stand up to them. And he kept fauci on that task force through all of 2020. I mean, he just kept so many people who hated his guts around him.

And it's really, it was a tragedy. Nikki Haley, Mike Pompeo, Mike Pence. Oh, yeah, no, I agree. I mean, all of them. You know, Mike Pence is guy, he was in his sixties, and if he were to go, this is the guy who, he was going to leave us as president of the United States.

Mike Pence. There's something. There's something wrong with him. Yeah, there's a lot wrong with him. You can feel it.

I really appreciate you ruining his political career. No, it wasn't personal. I mean, I feel sorry for Pence. He's not comfortable with himself at all. And that's the vibe, the strong.

I've known him for over, I've known him 25 years. I know him since he got to Washington. And he's got some talent, and I don't think he's evil or anything, but there's something really damaged. And I always felt that he was put in there. He wouldn't be the first VP to be in this position, but he was put in there by permanent DC to keep an eye on Trump, obviously.

Yeah, but that's always how it works, right? Like, that's the same thing that happened with Reagan and George Hw Bush being there. You put in the guy, of course we're going to have our CIA director, Gerald Ford. I mean, this is like, this is the oldest story there is. So Trump is coming to libertarian convention.

Yeah. So let me just ask at the outset, you're involved in libertarian politics, like actual politics, party politics. Would you ever be on the ticket? You know, so just for people who don't know, it's kind of like inside baseball, but so my, there was kind of a civil war. It's what inside baseball is too broad.

It's more like inside pickleball. Yes. Yes. That is actually a really good thing, but in this very irrelevant corner, where I have a lot of sway. But so there was basically like a kind of civil war within.

In the Libertarian Party over the last few years. And it was about a lot of the stuff that you were talking about at the beginning. Like, basically, there was like, you know, as you know. Cause you covered it. There was what was called the Ron Paul revolution.

And that's what I was. I was one of the young people in that Ron Paul revolution that totally changed, you know, the way I look at the world. And I became obsessed with all of this stuff. And so there were a bunch of us, and a lot of us had hoped that Rand Paul was kind of gonna carry the mantle and continue this. This Ron Paul energy.

And I'm not saying anything against Rand Paul. I think he's one of the best senator. Probably the best senator. He was great during COVID grilling Fauci and all that stuff. But for whatever reason, there's several.

It didn't work out that way. And Donald Trump came in and stole the Republican Party. And it stole. I mean, he won it. But anyway, so when that happened, there were a lot of us who were, like, kind of disappointed about Rand Paul, and then we had Ron Paul running in the republican party, but then a lot of us started looking to the libertarian party.

Oh, they were the third party candidate, and they ran Gary Johnson and Bill Weld. We were very disappointed with that campaign, particularly with Bill Weld, who was just horrible, sad, defeated guy. And also just, he was like a raytheon lobbyist who was like, what are you doing over there? Total fraud. What's the point if we're gonna have a third party and putting that guy up?

And then during 2020, the people who were running the libertarian party completely failed and didn't oppose the lockdowns and then started, like, virtue signaling during the Black Lives Matter riots about how we must be anti racist for real. Yeah, it was horrible. So, basically, then there was this group called the Mises Caucus that I joined. I was led by this guy named Michael Heiss and Angela McCardle, who ultimately is. She's currently the chair of the party.

And we basically went and took over the whole party in the name of Ron Pauly. And it's like, if there's going to be a libertarian party, it's going to be represented by liberty libertarians. And so, anyway, cutting to. So once that happened, it was kind of my group who took over and they wanted me to run for president on the libertarian ticket. And I was considering it for a while.

Ultimately, it just wasn't the right time for me. I got two little kids. I got a lot going on in my career. It's like it just wasn't the right time for me, but. So now to what you said, Angela McCardell pulled this off, to her great credit that she's got Donald Trump coming.

And speaking at the Libertarian National Convention, it looks like RFK, junior speaker one. When and where is this at the end of the month? It's May, May 24 through 26th, I believe, in Washington. In Washington, DC. That was a decision made by the old guard.

We would not have had our convention in Washington, DC. Do you know where it is? In DC? Yeah, it's at, like at some hotel. I'd have to look it up.

But, yeah, it's at some hotel in DC. But anyway, I mean, RFK just challenged Donald Trump to debate him there, which I don't think is going to happen, but would be very interesting if it did happen. And so it is, at least to me, it kind of represents the Libertarian Party. Who is this third party trying to engage in relevance of some sort and trying to at least. Look, obviously, we're not in a position, we're not going to win the White House or even win any Senate seats or anything like that.

But I do think the Libertarian Party could effectively be used to put pressure, particularly on the Republicans, to be better and to not run like awful neocons and run better candidates. I certainly prefer the kind of America first strain of republicans to the neoconservative strain. And I think right now there is. Well, I mean, there's kind of been a civil war in the right half of America since Donald Trump came onto the scene. But I don't even know if you'd call it a civil war because Donald Trump just won so dominantly.

You know, it's not like the Republicans were split between Jeb Bush and Donald Trump or something like. No, like it was 95% to 5%. But particularly, and I know you've talked about this a lot since the war in Israel, or I should say the war in Gaza, or I don't even know if I should say the war, the attack of Gaza, whatever you call it. I don't know if you can call it a war when one side doesn't have a military. But whatever you call that since that, you've seen this kind of divide grow where I think largely neoconservatism had been rejected by the voters, republican voters.

But when Israel came up, it's a little bit different. I don't know exactly. Well, neoconservatism is like chicken pox. Like, you think you defeat it, and then when your defenses are down, it comes back as shingles. Like, oh, crap, they're democrats now.

Jesus. It just lays dormant. It's always there, and. But when it comes back in its second iteration, when it manifests again, it is disabling. And that's what we're watching.

Like, I. If there's one thing I wanted to help do is get rid of that worldview, but it seems stronger than ever. Well, I think you have done a lot. I mean, I really. Not really.

I mean, it's like everybody, everybody in the Republican Party is completely on board with the idea that wars, non essential wars, make America better or something. That's so nuts. It's, what's, what's so wild to me about it is just after the 20 years of terror wars that have just been such a complete disaster, that America would still be entering these conflicts that are very clearly wars of choice. I mean, I know they can make an argument, like they were making the argument that Putin, if he takes Ukraine, is going to take Poland and then is going to take, which is nothing he's ever said. There's not one thing Putin's ever said that you could point to.

In fact, when you interviewed him, he simply said, if Poland attacks us, that's the only scenario I. He's got the largest country in the world. It's the biggest landmass on planet Earth. It's incredibly complex to run. It's 20% muslim.

They have all these sort of semi autonomous zones throughout the country. He wants more land. I don't think he wants more land. No, look, he's always insane. It's been very, and it's not just that he's said it, but like, almost everyone who was being honest has said it at the top levels of the american government as well as at NATO as well.

His issue was ukrainian entry into NATO. That was always his issue. And we kept pushing that and kept pushing that, and that's what got him to react. And even the head of NATO himself, Strohsenberg, whatever, said that Vladimir Putin said that if you just signed a deal, put it in writing that Ukraine won't join NATO, I won't invade. And NATO refused, and so he invaded.

But is there a single news story even now that doesn't describe, reflexively describe, almost like it's like a block text in, you know, in the, in the computer program. The unprovoked invasion of Ukraine. Right. They always have to say that there's never been a more provoked invasion. Well, I mean, they did it on purpose.

They pushed Russia to invade Ukraine. Well, I mean, like, let's say we had a fairly pro american government in Mexico and Russia wanted to get them to do an economic deal with them. And then we were trying to convince them not to do that economic deal but to do an economic deal with us. And ultimately we convinced them that they're going to be in an economic partnership with us. And so then Russia came in and overthrew the democratically elected government and installed a pro russian government.

And then that led to a civil war where 15,000 people died. And like the pro american side was getting, you know what I mean? Like, would you go? It was so unprovoked. Yeah.

And then Russia said, we're going to get Mexico to join our defense alliance and we're going to put missiles in Tijuana. In Tijuana, right. And no, by the way, that had been floated out for years. And in fact, in 2008, we had formally announced that, that Russia had formally announced that Mexico would be joining their military alliance. Then we went, I'm sorry for people.

You're right. It was a totally organic uprising. Maid on revolution Victoria Nuland happened to be in the middle of handing out sandwiches. Don't let that, you know, like John McCain. And they were going there a lot.

And like, yeah, sure, it was Soros backed NGO's that were funded, but whatever, that's a, it was totally organic movement, you know. And so, yeah, no, it was a series of provocations, very unnecessary ones. And not just like, not just ones that libertarian doves like me or something like that were against. But what, George Kennan, the cold warrior, right, the founder of the containment strategy. What he said was a great piece with him and Thomas Friedman in the New York Times.

And I think it was in 1999, he laid it out right there when we first started the first round of NATO expansion. And he said the people advocating this expansion are going to keep advocating it until theres a russian response. And then when there's that response, they'll say, see, this is why we were right to expand NATO. Obama even made noises that suggested he understood what you just said. Yes.

Well, he refused to send weapons in. Well, I know. I mean, he was, you know, he was there when the government, when Yanukovych was overthrown, but he wouldn't send the weapons in. And then Trump ultimately did. And I think, you know, I think my, you know, like, that was the big scandal about Ukraine gate, right?

Was that Donald Trump kind of did this, you know, kind of like a very trumpian kind of gray area thing where he's like, you know, I'd really like you to investigate the Bidens. Maybe you don't get these weapons if you don't investigate the Bidens. Now, you. The reason why that was so ridiculous to impeach him over was because it was totally legitimate to want to investigate what the Bidens were doing in there by the worst, very corrupt involvement in Ukraine. But that being said, what no one ever talked about in the story was that Trump caved, of course, didn't get the Biden investigation and gave them the weapons.

And like, that never. That was the other reason why the impeachment was so ridiculous, because there's no prid, quid pro quo when you don't get anything for anything. You know what I mean? Like, you could argue it was an attempted quid pro quo, you know what I mean? But he never got anything, but he sent the weapons in.

And I do think part of this, and this was the really, you know, effective the way that the intelligence agencies really won't, was that because a lot of people would look at it like, okay, so the Russiagate was an attempted deep state coup. And essentially it was. I mean, Andrew McCabe admitted on 60 Minutes that they debated at the Justice Department invoking the 25th amendment, and then they ultimately settled on a special prosecutor. You know, I mean, like, they were trying to overthrow the guy. But so on the surface, you could say, oh, it failed.

It failed. You know, in another sense, Donald Trump explicitly ran in 2016 on detente with Russia. Like, let's work with Russia. Let's work together to kill the terrorists. We all don't like terrorists.

Who cares about overthrowing Assad? That's not in our national interest. Who cares? So let's be friends with Russia. Let's get along with them.

And then when you're being called a russian spy every day on the news, you know, then when he went to Helsinki and said, you know, I believe Putin, you know, I don't, I don't think he interfered in the 2016 elections, by the way. There's still never been a shred of evidence presented that he did. They've got, like, one company that they claim had russian IP addresses because no one can fake an IP address. You know, it's like the most ridiculous claim, who was once at a party with Putin or something like that. They have nothing.

And so Trump just said, yeah, I agree with him. And they were like, so you don't trust your intelligence? You know, everyone was freaking out so much that it got to a point where he couldn't have made a deal with Russia, because if he had, that would have just been proof, right? Like, imagine in that environment when Trump, Russia collusion was being said all day long, if Donald Trump had made some deal with Russia, like, see proof he's a russian puppet. And so Donald Trump, I think, went out of his way to prove what a russian puppet he wasn't.

It was like, here's how much I'm not a russian puppet. I'll send weapons into Ukraine. Well, and that happened on a bunch of different issues, unfortunately. But the problem, I would say, at this point, is the desire to go to war with Russia has been pretty much the animating thought in our foreign policy establishment for over 20 years. So now we actually have a hot war with Russia.

We are conducting a war against Russia using our proxy. Ukraine. Totally destroyed Ukraine in the process. We're losing that war. So Ukraine's not going to win that.

I can. I don't see how Ukraine rates impossible. So what happens when that becomes really obvious, that all we've achieved is destroyed this country and killed a million of its young men? And, like, how does the State department and the Atlantic Council and the Aspen Institute and Joe Scarborough and the whole sort of blob, like, how do they respond to that? I mean, I'm sure.

I mean, I think basically it's over. And I don't think anyone even. I mean, this latest round of funding is just, it's an election year, and Biden's trying to kick the can to not let this fall right now. You know what I mean? Be totally obvious.

Also, it's easier to steal the money when it's out of the country. Well, that's for sure. That's for sure. I mean, we have no idea where all this money has been going, but we know Ukraine is a totally trustworthy government. You know, there's no corruption there.

But I think, look, I'm sure they will attempt to spin it in some way where if Zelensky still controls, like, the western portion of Ukraine, they'll be like, he didn't lose the whole country. And Putin would have been in Poland if we hadn't fought this. Of course, it'll all be completely ridiculous. We could have avoided this war by just saying we're not gonna admit Ukraine into NATO and putting that in writing we could have avoided this war. This is not, according to me, according to the head of NATO, we could have avoided this war by doing that.

And these, whatever the number is. And who knows? You never know in the fog of war. I mean, it's not until they really test the excess mortality rate. No, that's right.

But it's clearly in hundreds of thousands. I mean, they've got 50 year olds fighting for them at this point, so that tells you something. They're forced conscripting men with down syndrome. Yes. That means a lot.

That means all your boys are dead, essentially, for sure. And the ones who couldn't, you know, managed to flee. And so, yeah, it's a total disaster. The, like, incredibly dark irony of it is that all the people, like cheering on Ukraine have, just, as John Mearsheimer said in 2014, which aged very well, unfortunately, said we were leading Ukraine down the primrose path, and that's what we did. You actually cheering them on.

But you're leaving them to their demise. And it didn't need to happen. It's terrible. And I'm not absolving Putin of responsibility. He was certainly put, backed into a corner.

But there had to be another answer. I agree. I agree. You know, it's just horrible. But I know at the end of it, it'll be another disaster, and the Hawks in DC will try to spin it as best they can, and then they'll all get promoted and have better jobs.

That seems to be the track record. It does feel, though, that we're coming to the end of something. It's like this was the last effort to exert a certain form of american power abroad. It failed. Does that make them desperate and crazy?

I feel like a loss in Ukraine increases the chances we use tactical nukes against Russia, for example. Well, I mean, I hope I'm wrong. Well, the thing is, it decreases the chances that Russia uses them. So there's that. I mean, you know, there's.

Joe Biden always pretended that the war in Ukraine was a must win. You know, like that we couldn't allow Vladimir Putin to win the war, but that's all just an act. I'm just saying, however you feel about it, it's not actually vital to us survival, whether we. Whether Russia controls Ukraine or not. That's just.

That's absurd. But Vladimir Putin really believed it was a must win. And that actually is a much more reasonable case that you can't lose a war on your border. That's a proxy war. You know, even in the Cold War, we never had you know, we fought in Vietnam, but that's not on Russia's border.

You know what I mean? Like, that's. This is a whole different game. And so the. To me, the real fear from the very beginning was not that Vladimir Putin might win.

The real fear was that, well, what if the west wins? Like, what if Vladimir Putin is humiliated right on his board order and feels that his death is imminent? Because that's. That's the time when nukes might fly. Absolutely.

And so in that sense, you know, it's quite possibly the better outcome. I mean, no, nuclear war is always the better outcome. I do think. And I got to say, I think you're a huge part of this. I think that if you look at, like, say, 2002, when the war drums were beating for Iraq, there was just nothing like what we have today.

I mean, like the. The biggest shows in cable news. The big. They were all for it. They were all.

I was for it. Yes. Well, I was for it until I went to Iraq in 22,003. I immediately apologized. I would say in my defense.

Yeah, what. What is it that. What about the trip made you change your mind? Oh, I was so shocked by the whole thing. So the invasion was in March of zero three.

And, I mean, I was hosting a chat show, a debate show, Crossfire. And actually, it's a true story. I was at lunch with my father, had lunch with my dad every week at the same table in this place and this men's club in Washington. And we were sitting at the table, I'll never forget this, in the fall of 2003. And he goes, when are you going to Iraq?

And I was like, I don't. I don't know. I don't think. I mean, I plan to go to Iraq. I've got a daily show I have to host.

He goes, oh, so you're a journalist and there's a war, but you're not going to cover the war. And I was like, no, I've got four kids and a daily job. He's like, oh, so. But you just kind of sit this one out. And he, like, shamed me into it.

That's true story. He was, like, so unimpressed that I wasn't going to see it. And I was like, okay, you're right. I should go. So I went.

I took leave of my show and went for a couple weeks with some friends who were contractors, defense contractors of all military guys. A buddy of mine called Kelly McCann and a bunch of bill Frost, all these really impressive contractors. And we went to Iraq, and the first thing that happens, we got to Kuwait. We were going to fly in and the insurgency shot down a DHL plane coming into biop or the Baghdad airport. And so we couldn't fly in.

I was like, so we've occupied the country now. I went in December, early December. So that was, I don't know, nine months, and we had at least unequivocal victory over Saddam. Right? He was hiding.

In fact, he was captured in Tikrit the day I got there. So we had just won. And we can't control the airport, right. So then we. We drive in from Kuwait.

Immediately got like it was out of control. People were shooting. It was. It was chaos. It was full chaos.

And then we stayed outside the green zone for. In this. Just this house that they had rented. And one night I'm sitting on the roof on a sat phone trying to talk to my wife back in Washington, taking our dog to the vet, and someone starts shooting at me. And then all these people start shooting at our house.

There's a gun battle at the house. What, do you have a gun when you're over there? Oh, absolutely. I must have fired for it, actually. Amazingly, you were told to carry a gun.

It was so out of control when I was there that journalists and NGO workers or, I don't know, certainly me, you had to go get a certification from the state Department. I still have my badge. It's hanging in my office right there that you qualified with. This was an AK 47. Well, I actually had an AK 47 already.

Not fully automatic, but just my range. I knew how to operate it. But yet you were required to carry it. That's how out of control it was. And then a buddy of mine got killed there.

A journalist was killed there. A guy called Mike Kelly was a really great guy. And the bottom line was, we're not good at colonialism because we don't have the self confidence. We're not sort of bringing Christianity and civilization. There's no clearly defined goal for this, and we're bad at it.

And the armed forces is not designed to do that. And the effect was super obvious. It was chaos. And the one thing I cannot deal with, and I hate, and I think all people hate instinctively, is chaos. People can handle repression.

They live under oppression of regimes all through history. They have. They can't handle chaos. And we brought chaos to Iraq. And I just thought, this is the opposite of what a great power should be doing.

This is disgusting. And I saw really, really clearly that it would never get better. And I'll just add one more thing to this, which I've never forgotten. We went into the green zone one night and had dinner with some generals. I did.

And I had always sort of liked that my dad was the military. I sort of respected the military. I didn't realize how corrupt and disgusting and feminized the officer class was and politicized. Just repulsive people, actually at the flag officer level. So we're sitting at dinner and this general is telling me about.

I saw something really touching today. I saw, we had this female officer and she was killed. Her legs were blown off by an IED, and her husband was there and he, you know, they've got three kids back in Virginia, but he held her hand as she died of this ultimate sacrifice for America. And I was like, what? You're, like celebrating this?

A girl got killed, a mother. I thought we fought wars to protect mothers and children. First of all, if you're sending girls to fight your wars, you're disgusting because you're violating the most basic agreement there is, which is the man protects, and in exchange for that, the willingness to sacrifice his life, he gets to be revered as a man and sit at the head of the table. And all the benefits of being a man, and there are many. But if you're your children, 100%, if you're sending women to protect you, if there's a home invasion at your house at three in the morning, you're like, honey, I dealt with the last one.

Go. Go defend us. I hope that she leaves you, and she will, by the way. Yes. So if you're sending women to defend you, it's not a civilization worth defending.

That's how I feel. Can you imagine? I mean, going up with the mother of your children, mother going to war with a mother gets her legs blown off, and you think that's a good thing? And I lost control at the table with this guy and said almost exactly what I think. It's disgusting.

And it's not because I don't think women should be defending our country, not because I don't love women. It's because I do love women. They're above that. We should. We should be defending our women.

Yeah. I don't know how supporting women, getting their legs. Exactly. Become the pro woman position. Exactly.

And this guy accused me of being, like, a woman hater or. So here I've got a wife and three daughters who I reviewed Veer, who I would die for without thinking. And I'm like, I hated him. I don't think I've ever hated a man more than I hated this general. I wish I remember his name.

And the pio, the fairly well known sort of spokesman for the provisional authority, Dan Senor, was sitting at the table. He was very offended by my behavior, but I was outraged. And that rage has sort of never just exploded on you. Sorry, but it's never left. I really enjoyed it.

I came to Washington and I was like. And I did an interview with the New York Times. I said, I cannot believe I supported something. This is totally evil, what we're doing. And I've never moved from that position.

I lost all these friends for saying that. Whatever. I'm not. I don't want to talk about myself, continue talking myself. But, yeah, you didn't.

Well, because I've just. I've heard you say several times that your trip over there, you know, like, turns you against the war, but I never, like, heard you really, like, say what, specifically? It was celebrating the death of a mother. Yeah. And then getting mad at me because I don't.

I'm not gonna celebrate the death of a mother. What about her children and her husband? Like, this is disgusting. And it's. It's.

It's so dark and horrible that we dress it up with ideology. Well, the thing that's almost like that. To make it palatable. Right. Well, the thing that's almost more dark and horrible than just that is when you add on the fact that this was a small group of people who wanted this war going back into the nineties and that they used 911 as the excuse to.

You know what I mean? Be like, oh, yeah, now we can go get our bonus war. Oh, look at this. Right now we've got a blank check from the american people, which they did that you tell us. You say the word terrorist in point, and we will support you bombing the crowd.

And I knew it was bullshit even at the time. And I went over to the White House for something, to see Bush or cheney or somebody. I think I was seeing Cheney, whatever. I was on the White House. He's a really warm guy.

Great guy.

I was there, and it was like, maybe the fall of 2002, and they'd been talking about senved veda rock stuff, but I didn't take it seriously because I thought it was so crazy. It was like a non sequitur. It was like. It was just not connected in any sense to 911, obviously. And guys like, you know, paid liars like Steve Hayes or someone write these books like, al Qaeda did it.

And I work with Steve Hayes, and I was so embarrassed by that. It's like he's dumb, so he didn't know. But I just felt, I was like, this whole thing was so nuts. So I never thought we were gonna invade Iraq. I never thought that.

And I show up and I'm whatever, like having a cigarette on the lawn outside where all the, all the sticks are, all the stand up guys, the tv cameras are. And I run into Mike Allen, he's an old friend of mine from a Washington Post reporter, now runs axios and really nice person and has this, like, clarity of vision that I don't have because he hasn't caught in the weeds on shit. And I said, we're not really going to invade Rock. He goes, of course we are. And I said, how do you know that?

He goes, well, because it's all the machinery is moving in that direction. Like, if it's going to happen. I was like, that can't really happen. He goes, oh, no, that's going to happen. He wasn't endorsing it.

He could just see that if everyone starts talking about something, they will convince themselves that it's true and it will happen. We should remember that. Don't overthink things. If something really obvious is happening, it's happening. Yeah, sometimes.

Yeah, sometimes it's almost too hard to accept intellectuals, people like you, and to some extent me, have a lot of trouble seeing that because we're like, well, actually, no, no, the obvious is real. Yeah. And it's almost like if you just, if you like, you know, remove yourself, like, if you transcend the moment, it's like it's so obvious. Exactly. Of course this is happening.

And there's, you know, what's unbelievable to me that really, like, what's woken me up about the warfare state is, you know, like how much it's all based on lies and that you see that there's only like a few. And I. You call me an intellectual. I'm really not an intellectual. You know, like I'm a, I'm a comedian who likes to read.

No, no, but you think about why things happen. Sure, sure. But I just mean that I'm not an expert in any of this stuff, but, you know, I just know enough to know that the supposed experts are completely full of shit. Like, all, all I have to know is these four, like, narrative shattering things. And so, like, like, just a few of them are like, look, you could read and anyone can go read this.

You'll find it's called a clean break, a new strategy for securing the realm. It was a letter written by Richard Pearl and David Worms. Are and a few other neo became very powerful in the George W. Bush. I knew all those guys.

This was written in 1996 and it was not written to Bill Clinton. It was not written to Bob Dole, who was running for president that year. It was written to Benjamin Netanyahu, who had just become the prime minister of Israel. And the clean break, the strategy was a break from this whole peace process nonsense that Yitzhak Rabin and them had agreed to. And basically it was like, well, look, it was the beginning laying down of what the Netanyahu Yahoo.

Doctrine was ultimately to be, which has culminated in a wild success, as you know. And so basically the idea was like, well, look, forget all of this, like this peace process where you focus on land exchanges and whose land belongs to who. That's all kind of lame. And so what really you should do is reach out to the broader arab world, kind of make arrangements with them so you don't have to go through this peace process. And that starts with overthrowing Saddam Hussein.

And like that's our first step here. And then there's several other steps, but it's outlined why we want Saddam Hussein overthrown. And so then this was for Israel's interests. We wanted this, this war in 1996. Now, by the way, there's other things I'm not like saying, like Israel is 100% pulling the strings of the american government.

I think a big part of the reason why the war ended up happening was also because George W. Bush had a personal beef against Saddam Hussein and tried to have his father killed. But these neoconservatives then who get into as soon as 911 and in the project for a new american century, when they talked about how they wanted to fight wars on multiple fronts, they explicitly said they probably wouldn't be able to do that unless there was like a new, another Pearl harbor type event where there'd be enough popular support too. Now the 911 truthers, the Alex Jones guys, for a while, they would hang on that as evidence that, you know, whatever Cheney did, 911 or something like that or something elements within our government, I think they're over playing their hand there. I don't actually think that, but it certainly is evidence that they recognize what it was once it happened.

What do you think that now? I should say what you already know, which is we don't really know that much about 911 because so many documents remain classified 23 years later. And why would that be? There's no excuse for that. They should, every one of them should be released this afternoon.

They won't be. So we can only speculate to some extent. But, like, what should we be suspicious of the official explanation for 911? Speaker one, I think you should always be suspicious of any government explanation for anything. I mean, like, that.

That should always be your starting point. Like, I'm not saying you should jump to a conclusion about what happened, but, and I think this is, by the way, this is my worldview that has served me very well over the last. Like, I, I kind of, like, I basically, my podcast kind of took off and a big part of, well, a big part of that is like Joe Rogan and stuff like that. But I've just kind of been consistently right on the biggest issues. I have a good track record now.

Like, I was in real time, like, calling out how obviously Trump was not a russian agent. And in real time, I was saying the hunter Biden laptop was real and in real time. I was against lockdowns from the very beginning. And I was again. And it's all because I just, I operate from a worldview of recognizing the government as essentially a criminal gang.

They're basically the Mafia who won, and now they just rule, you know what I mean? And, like, so having taken out the real and much less benign actual mafia, that's also, and that's part of the reason why they, they don't like the Mafia. Cause you're a competing gang. You're not allowed to be the gang here. We're the gang.

And so when you look at things through that frame, yes, they're all a bunch of liars and they're, they're power brokers. And so, yeah, I don't trust anything they say. I try to just go off what I know. So we don't know exactly what happened on 911. We do know at this point that there was pretty high level saudi involvement and that the Saudis have, that the government knew that and had no interest in punishing those people and, in fact, still wanted to continue doing business with them.

We do know that we were comfortable enough fighting on the same side as al Qaeda in Libya, in Syria, and in Yemen. So it didn't seem like al Qaeda fighting al Qaeda wasn't really the motivating force. And like I said, we know that this group of neocons who hijacked the federal government wanted these wars. And after 911 used that opportunity to get them used that opportunity. But anyway, so the point I was making about not being an expert but being able to shatter this narrative, it's like, wait, so do you, just to be clear, though, do you think it's possible that people within the US government were aware this was going to happen before?

I. Sure. Absolutely. That's possible. Yeah.

I mean, you know, I wouldn't put that past them. It's kind of. Listen, these are people who are. And I think this is one of the things that people have been waking up to a lot more recently. And this has led to some wild conspiracies, some of which are not true, some of which might be true, but people have been waking up more and more to recognizing, like, who are these people?

You know what I mean? Like, these people who have, like, real power in our government. Like, who are these people? I mean, you know, you take someone like Hillary Clinton. So it's like, okay, so your husband is a rapist.

I mean, he's been accused of rape by multiple women. Clearly a sexual predator. You know, I mean, a man who even just the stuff we know, confirmed this was a man who, when he was a married president, was, like, fucking a 20 year old intern in the White House. Like a sexual predator. You know what I mean?

And, okay, your best friend, her husband also is a sexual predator who's sending naked pictures to underage girls. Like, hey, that's weird. It is. How many people do you know who are married to a sexual predator whose best friend's also married to a sexual predator? Like, what?

I. You know, like, I'm not even good. What is that? No, you're like, I'm not drawing any more. Who are these people?

And these are people who are like, you know, bohemian Grove is real. They're doing really weird stuff there. Jeffrey Epstein was real. There was a, like, pedophile ring that a lot of the most powerful people were connected to, at least knew about, and didn't feel like blowing the whistle on it. These are people who are comfortable making decisions where babies will die.

You know, like, mass slaughter will happen, and they can sleep at night. And, like, I'm not saying, like, a situation where either our babies are gonna die or their babies are gonna die, and there's a horrible. A decision where, like, no, we're choosing this to happen. And they're kind of okay with that. And you kind of wake up to, like, so when you say, like, is it possible that they'd kill Americans or be complicit in that?

Like, yeah, of course. Of course that's possible. I don't have enough evidence to, like, prove that that's the case, but I can prove that they wanted these wars. And then when the opportunity to get them came, they lied through their fucking teeth. In order to sell the wars.

Look, General Wesley Clark, he said, as I'm sure you've seen, his democracy now interview where he said that he saw the plans in late 2001, that it wasn't just that we were going into Iraq, but that we were also going to have regime change in Syria and several other countries. But then when they go to start the regime change in Syria 2013 or whatever, they started in 2012, but then they go, oh, we have to overthrow Assad because, you know, he's killing all of his own people. It's like, no, no, no. You wanted to overthrow Assad over a decade ago. Don't give me this bullshit that this is some new plan now.

So I do know that they will lie through their teeth to the american people like this. I know for certain that they will lie through their teeth to the american people to get enough public support for mass slaughter campaigns, because they want those campaigns for completely, completely different reasons. And again, like I said before, this isn't speculation. They wrote this in their own words. One of the reasons they wanted to remake the Middle east in this way is because they thought it was in Israel's interest.

And that, to me, is, like, just totally unacceptable as an american, that you're, first off, you're lying to the people of this country, and you're doing something with a foreign country's interest in mind that's just, like, so appalling that I think people should be, like, publicly hung for it after a trial, after a fair trial. I mean, it's not America first. I would say that it's kind of hard to. It's kind of hard to let go of square that circle. But what's interesting is that so many people who talk about America first or whatever, they're fully on board with this.

They attack anyone who's not. I had a thoroughly bizarre experience the other day, and maybe you can shed light on what it means, because I don't fully understand it. But I was doing Rogan's podcast at your urging, so thank you for that. I had a great time. I loved the podcast.

Yeah, it was super, super fun. But, you know, it's very long. It was like 3 hours long, so. And I can't stop talking. So.

All right. Another thing. And I'm going on about whatever, you know. And at one point, I just blurted out for, like, 15 seconds something I thought about recently, which is the use of the nuclear bombs. They have been used in August of 1945 against Hiroshima and then Nagasaki.

Complex topic. A lot of it's not publicly. Well, known. Okay. But just the bottom line fact that we dropped this particularly bomb on Nagasaki, which was the christian capital of Japan, by the way, that bomb was dropped on a church and killed three quarters of the christians in the city, which bothers me as a Christian.

But leaving even that aside, it killed civilians, wasn't dropped on a military base. It was killed. Killed civilians. And, like, I get why people did it, or maybe I don't get it, but I think 80 years later, we can say not something to brag about incinerating civilians. I don't care what the context is.

That's evil. That's all. Basically all I said, holy shit, did I get attacked from the right? And I thought, and I don't even follow the attacks of me ever, but I kept getting texts from people. I can't believe you said that.

Or people are mad at you for saying that. And I thought of all the dumb, cruel, untrue things I have said over 30 years of just talking in public, a lot of which I regret, and I hope I've apologized for every bad thing I've said, but I've said a lot of really things impossible to defend. That's what they attack me on. Yeah. What is that?

Well, and just the fact, like, even as you're saying, like, again, if you want to attack you on something like, hey, you supported the war in Iraq. Oh, sure. Like, there's a thing, like, I really got this wrong. And it was, how is what a, like, twisted society. I defended Mitt Rodney when he ran.

Yeah, I mean, but guys, all of the people who got all of these wars wrong don't receive as much outrage as you for saying after the war was won. And by the way, like, if you know anything about five star General Dwight Eisenhower was against the new necessary where they were ready to negotiate a surrender. We didn't need to do this. It's like. But also.

There's just no but. I didn't even get into the details of the. No, no, you were sitting wrong on its face. Exactly. I was just.

The principle of using nuclear weapons against the civilian population, you could construct in your mind a scenario where you could justify it, I guess, but it's still sort of in the cold light of day, hard to defend incinerating civilians, by the way, with incendiary bombs, too, or conventional bombs, as in Dresden, or. It's just bad. Why would that make people on the right so mad? What is that? So this is my, my kind of theory on it is that if you, you'll kind of notice World War two, a long time ago at this point generates this enormous, you know, you said the thing I love when you said that, about how you could tell there's an infection because you touch it.

Yes. Recoil. Yes. Something's infected there. Right.

Yes. And I could sit here all day long and talk about how we shouldn't have fought World War one and which we shouldn't have fought. That's generate no controversy. I could say this all day long and go through how Woodrow Wilson was completely wrong to get us involved in World War one. And this.

You know what I mean? He was bullshit. Yes. Yeah. Nobody cares.

This will not, I will not hear anything on twitter tomorrow about saying this. I could talk about how Vietnam was a complete disaster or also lied into that war and how many people died in it. Korea, Iraq, all of that. World War two is the one that is. But what's so weird about that is clearly the most important.

And we talked about, so the most important thing in your life is your marriage and your children. Yes. So if I said to you, Dave Smith, I think you have a shitty marriage, you would be like, no, actually, I have a nice marriage that wouldn't, like, you wouldn't be mad about that. You'd be like, I don't think you really know because you're not hiding anything. Right?

So, like, well, so here's. Right. Well, here's what it is, right? And like, I want to be very clear just when I say this. I'm.

If you're, like, trying to read between the lines here. I'm not saying that the Holocaust didn't happen or something like that. It did happen. And yes, those people are dead. My family was involved in it.

One of the worst things that ever happened. I agree. But look, World War two is the origin story of the american empire. That's when we really became the world empire. And it's the justification for the entire empire.

It's why every single neocon, every single hawk goes back to World War two anytime there's a war, because that's what's used to. To justify every other war. We stopped Hitler, okay? We'd all be speaking German if it wasn't for the american military. So how dare you question the next thing?

That's why Sam Hussein was Hitler, Milosevic was Hitler, Putin's Hitler. They're all Hitler. I can't tell you how many people I've heard, and I've debated some of these people who are defending Israel's attack on Gaza by going, well, we killed a lot of civilians in world War two, you know, so just like that, as if Hamas are the Nazis. It's anything comparable. But the thing is that.

So when you talk about World War two, you're only allowed to have the official narrative on it. And here it is. We all know what it is, right? Who are you, Neville Chamberlain? You mean you don't want to go to war?

You want to appease. That's the only lesson of history that you're allowed to learn, is that appeasement doesn't work. Presumably we should have started the war earlier, I guess, is the story. But every. By the way, you can never learn the lesson of history that sometimes, like, preemptive wars don't work.

Sometimes, you know, like, ruthless power doesn't work. Maybe sometimes appeasement would be better than that. You know, it's like there's only one. You know? And so that's the lesson.

By the way, same thing with Putin, everybody who, if you didn't support the war, I know you got called this. I watched you get called this. You were never chamberlain for not wanting to back Ukraine immediately in the war. Right? It's the only lesson in history now.

You can't look at World War two and say, hey, maybe Danzig was the lesson. Maybe war guarantees were the lesson. I'm not even saying they are. Maybe not. But objectively speaking, if we want to be honest about world War two, World War two is the worst thing that ever happened in the history of the world.

Yes. By definition, the worst thing that ever happened. More people killed. The Holocaust happened in the middle of it. Tens of millions of people died in european conflict.

Brutal conflict on all sides. Destroyed the greatest continent. Yes. Now, right. Exactly.

Now, okay. If you want, you know, they say winners of wars, right? The history. And, man, did the Nazis and imperial Japan make it really easy because they were so evil. They were like.

They were like caricatures of evil, you know, and they really were. Now, it's a little more complicated than that. Cause Stalin's army wasn't, like, high fiving everybody on the way in to Germany. They raped every woman in Germany. Right?

I mean, it's like there's a lot of. But any sane person, if you look back at World War two and you recognize the worst thing that ever happened, you would try to say, how could we have avoided this? Exactly. What could we have done to not make this happen? The lesson should be like, oh, my God, we imposed Versailles on the Germans and insisted on humiliating them internationally.

And look at the backlash of this. Whatever. There's all this. A lot of it comes down to entering World War one, and World War two was really the exact. But it's like the only lesson you're allowed to take away is this.

But, you know, I really liked the way you put it on Rogan, and it was just kind of a quick aside. But look, it's just so evil on its face that I know human beings are amazing at doing mental gymnastics to justify anything. I've been doing a lot of debates on the topic of Israel, and I've been watching this firsthand. You know, it's like, you could watch videos every day on Twitter of babies, you know, like, suffocating to death under building, under rubble. And, like, someone will justify that.

Someone will say, well, actually, we need to do this, because whatever, all of Hamas must be destroyed. Why? Exactly? Like, why is it absolutely necessary? You're telling me Israel, the fortress of the world, can't just not drop the ball again?

You know what I mean? Like, there's not some other answer other than this. And of course, America must fund it for reasons. But it's like, no, actually, that is just evil. And the onus is on you to exhaust every single other option before doing.

But it's just interesting. It's like, I've done a lot of evil things in my life, and I really regret it. I think all of us are capable of evil. I've never committed genocide or anything, but, I mean, I've been pointlessly cruel or deceptive, and, you know, and I'm ashamed of it. So I'm not judging even Harry Truman for this.

But it's like, why can't. Why is that so offensive? And the other question I have, and maybe you've got insight into this. I don't know that much. I've read a lot about World War Two.

I'm not an expert, but, like, this worship of Churchill, I think, is very odd. There's a lot about Churchill, I think, that was impressive. Erudite guy, fluid writer. Had a kind of style that I like. Used tobacco, which I love.

I mean, there's a lot about Churchill, right. That's in the procurement. It's cool, for sure, but here are the facts. Like, he sold his country on a war using the idea that we must defend the territorial integrity of Poland. There are other reasons.

That was the main reason. Right? Poland. Okay, maybe that's a reason. Then, four years later, he hands Poland to the Soviets after a bloodbath.

Yes. This country that we went to war on behalf of, I'm handing it to a worse master. A more totalitarian master. Or at least as bad. Yeah, I mean, the only other one who.

Or one of the only other two who rival, I guess you could say. If Hitler had won the war, could he have then killed more people than stuff? I guess we'll never know. But, yeah, still up there. Okay, so that's a huge problem.

And Kobe debate who. But clearly you don't care about Poland if you just handed it to Stalin or clearly it didn't work, you know, or something. There's, like, there's a massive disconnect. So that's the first fact. The second fact is he was rejected by his own voters right after the war, so they actually weren't so impressed by his leadership.

And the third fact is that war destroyed Britain, and that country is a depressing husk right now. I go there a lot. Unfortunately, I don't want to go there. It's the most depressing place I can imagine. It's totally defeated in some deep spiritual sense, and it's embarrassing to go there.

So you destroy your country on behalf of Poland and then you hand it to Stalin. Like, I don't. Those are the bottom line facts about Churchill. There are a lot of other things to say about him, but those are the salient points. How could anybody think that's good?

Well, you know, in a, in Pat Buchanan, seriously, like, 100%, you know, Pat Buchanan's book, Churchill, Hitler and the Unnecessary War. The unnecessary war is in quotes because that's not Pat Buchanan saying it. It's a Churchill quote that Churchill, after the war, said it was the most avoidable, unnecessary war. Afterward, he took Britain from being the most powerful nation in the world to being totally defeated. They lost that war as much as anybody else did.

But look at it now. Yeah, it's disgusting, by the way, there's so many, there's so many, like, ripple effects of this, too, because they also, you know, the whole situation with Israel, Palestine, this is also a result of the british empire being defeated. Right. And being driven out. So there's so much to this, but why defend it?

That's the way, look, I'm not even judging Churchill. I may have made similar decisions. I've made so many bad decisions in my life, I'm not even judging. I'm just saying, 80 years later, when we can see clearly the aftermath, how could you possibly defend that? And why would you want to?

And also, I just, you know, like, there's a reason, I mean, there's lots of reasons why America was so successful as a country, but part of the reason really was the brilliance of our founding fathers and the system that they created. I mean, that's a huge part of it. And there's like a, you know, it's like when they. George Washington's farewell address where he warns about entangling alliances. Yes.

There was something really profound that they saw there. And this, this idea, and this is a real problem with, like, it's like, why would we even want Ukraine and NATO? Why do we want to make war guarantees for countries that we have neither the resources nor the political will to actually defend in the case of a war? Look, I mean, like, first off, we're broke. We're $34 trillion in debt.

We can't afford our own wars, let alone everybody else's. We're literally, it's so cartoonish. We're borrowing money. You know, it's like if you were, like, if I was giving my sister money and my cousin's money and all of them, but I'm putting it on a credit card. You know what I mean?

Like, I don't have the money, but I'm. I'm such a great guy. I'm helping my whole family. It's like, no, you're not in a position. They're not even our family.

Right. They're not even our family. Some random guy, literally some junkie you met at Safeway. Yes, that's a better analogy. That is a better analogy for Ukraine than my sister.

Yes. And so, like, it's just totally absurd. But then also, at the same time, like, look, wars horrible. There's always some type of conflict going on in the world, and it's awful. But, like, are.

The question is, like, would you be willing or would you be willing to send your kids to go fight and die over between, you know, to determine whether, you know, the Donbas region is ruled by Kiev or Moscow. Like, is that important enough to you? Because to me is a very easy answer, which is, no, I would not be. But would it be worth killing a million Ukrainians? Yeah.

Right, right. Yes. But I'll put a flag in my bio and support my politicians printing money to send over them, or I should say printing money to then buy from weapons companies. Weapons to then send over to them a mix of weapons and cash or whatever. But, yeah, I mean, like, so to me, would you mind, though, not referring to them as weapons companies, but defense manufacturers?

I'm sorry. Yes, that's right. The defense department, the defense manufacturer, the intelligence community. That's my favorite one. The intel, the community, they're all just, like, gardening with each other and stuff, you know.

So you described yourself as a comic who likes to read. Yeah. Let me ask you about comedy. So went and had dinner with Rogan last month and was not my world. I had no idea that Austin, Texas, had become, like, the world capital of comedy.

Yeah. What? He made it the world capital of comedy. So you described him as the Johnny, the modern Johnny Carson. 100%.

So, like, how does it work, the system now? It's like, well, I mean, Rogan, so he was doing the podcast in LA for many years. That's when I first met him. He was living out in LA, and he left, I think, during the lockdown slash riots, you know, when California, as you know very well, is falling apart, which is one of the great tragedies. It really is.

It's awful. And so he decided to take it down to Austin, where they had kind of, like, opened up, and it was flourishing. And Austin is, it's like, it's one of the last, like, great liberal cities in this country, you know, which is. And like, I know a lot of people on the right who kind of have this attitude of like, well, screw them. They voted in these policies and all that.

But I just think that is wrong. That is the wrong attitude to have. You need liberal cities and to have a healthy country, you kind of need that dynamic as much as you need beautiful country. You know, liberal cities are all that we have. Well, of course, functioning liberal cities.

That's what I mean. Yeah. Yeah. You need them to not be hellholes, which many of them have turned into. But so Rogan, it just started because there was something about, you know, just like the stars aligning, you know, in a very similar way to.

I heard you talk about. I think you were talking to me about how, look, there's something to the fact that, say you get fired from Fox News, and it happens to be at this point where Elon Musk bought Twitter and turned it into pretty amazing, and everyone's there and you're protected there. They're not going to ban you. And, you know, when Bill O'Reilly got fired from Fox News, there was nothing like that. No, that's totally right.

You go to a relevance. Rogan happened to kind of, like, come up as this Internet world was exploding, and he's just such an interesting guy, such a genuine guy, that his podcast just took off and he became kind of, like, in this situation where he. Anybody who kind of comes on or if you come on and you do well, you know, it's just like the biggest opportunity and he's such a genuinely, like, generous person that I think he loves that. I think that's his favorite thing of all of it out of owning the comedy club, the podcast. Like, everything he does, I see it in him.

What he really loves, what really makes him happy is that he gets to kind of bring all of his guys with him. And, you know, I know a lot of friends who, Joe has changed their lives. You know, like, he's been, it's the Johnny Carson thing. I remember Jerry Seinfeld hearing him. I don't know him, but hearing him described doing Carson.

Oh, yeah. And he said it was a, he said it was an experience, like having kids, where you go in one person and come out another person, you know what I mean? Which is really, is the experience, particularly that first kid, because you literally, like, it's like you and your wife go to a hospital as a couple and then you leave that hospital as like, wild. We're mommy and daddy now. Really weird feeling, like, focused on your wife, and you come out obsessed with the baby.

Yeah, yeah, yeah. And then your wife's like, hobbling in the background and you're like, yeah, just kidding. Kind of. But anyway, but, uh, it's, but it's this amazing, you know, it's like, you know, it's like you're on drugs, basically. Like you're high.

When you first come out with a new baby, you kind of can't believe it. And you also, you don't know what you're doing with the first one, you know, and you, but you figure it out. But anyway, he said Carson was like that, like, you go into nobody, then you come out and you're a somebody. And it's kind of like that with Rogan. Like, it's just, and it's.

There's all these similar dynamics. Like, he'll kind of go, you know, like, he'll go like 2 hours and 15 minutes with some people, and then he'll go like three and a half hours sometimes if he really likes the conversation. And you never know as you know when you're in there, you have no idea how long you actually. No. Or whatever.

But it's. And that, like, my experience with him was he heard me on a mutual friend of ours, Ari Shafir's podcast, who I love, also hilarious. That guy's telling us he's so funny. He's like. And also just a great person and an insane person, but one of the best people I've ever known.

And so I was on his podcast, and Rogan heard it and he goes, I think this guy's awesome. I want to have him on. And it was just like that. Like, he loved what I was saying, so he's like, oh, I want to make this guy, like, successful. It's just, like, amazing.

And what happened to your life? Well, I started making money, so that was, that was pretty. So it was that. It was kind of that simple. It was.

I mean, it was like, it wasn't exactly just that, but immediately, the, like, I was already doing my podcast, and then immediately, as soon as the first one with Rogan was out, my numbers, like, shot up. Like, all of a sudden, I had a big audience. I went from having a tiny little audience, like, having a big audience, and then every, you know, I've done it a lot of times. Every time you do it, your numbers shoot up. Your numbers shoot up.

And so, like, that's just unbelievable. And, you know, one of the things about Rogan is, and I gotta say, and I really mean this, I think you have this quality, too. And I kind of knew this about you. Like, I've watched you for many years at this point. I watched you, I mean, a little bit when you were on Crossfire, but I watched your show, your show on MSNBC a lot, and then I always watched.

You're the only. You're the only one. The MSNBC one. That might be true. It's not truly fox.

That's not true at all for Fox. But you. You might be right about MSNBC. It was me. I was.

I had Ms NBC on all day long for whatever reason. Kind of just to, like, piss me off for most of the time. But also getting off on a tangent. MSNBC was a very different thing back then. It was so night and day.

I know today, I mean, you just can't even. It was so much smarter and more thoughtful. There was still a lot of propaganda to it. There was still a lot of bullshit. I think you've gotten better over the years.

Yeah, sure. But as a network, they got so much worse. I mean, like, but morning Joe used to be like, you and Pat Buchanan. Oh, yeah. And Rachel Maddow.

Oh, yeah. And Dylan Ratigan even. Totally. I kind of watched Dylan Radigan. Yeah.

Had something to say. Sometimes completely. That's kind of. And I mean, it's become like every single host has the same opinions as the last hour. Precisely.

There's not one era now. Occasionally there'll be the guy, like, what's his name? I'm blanking on his name, who just got canned because he was pro palestinian. Oh, exactly right. So occasionally, you'll have one guy who has a different opinion, and then, oh, he's out pretty quickly.

My favorite part of MSNBC is all the black people on the air have exactly the same opinions, too. What's the point of diversity if everyone went to Princeton and is a neoliberal? Well, there's nothing. There's nothing more. They could get some rappers on MSNBC.

They would never be allowed. Right, right. Because. But there's something about, um, like, being ideologically possessed that's very unpleasant. You know what I mean?

Like, and there's something. One of the things that was great about your show on Fox News is that, like, you would, on many key issues, have a completely different opinion than everybody else at Fox News. Yeah. And it'd be kind of crazy to watch the whole Newsday. Not that I watched the whole news day, but I knew what their guys take were.

And everybody is like, yeah, we got to go attack, you know, Assad, because he just gassed his other people. And then, like, you would, like, come on at 08:00 p.m. And by the way, I remember because I was doing this show with Se cup at the time, I worked for CNN very briefly as, like, a contributor. And I remember having. It was the first week after the gas attack.

Now, this was poison gas against his own people. But now, this is before the OPCW whistleblowers had, like, come out and say, so. I didn't, like, have any, like, evidence. I could feel it. Well, I mean, you just look at it and you go, okay, so you're telling me that this is.

We're in 2018 now? 2017. 2018. Assad has been fighting a civil war since 2012, fighting for his survival, fighting to not go out like Gaddafi, like, to not get sodomized. Donald Trump announces that we're pulling out.

He announces that you won. You're gonna live. You're not gonna be sodomized to death by a mob. Right? Okay.

And then Assad decides a week and a half later, I'm gonna do the one thing that would turn international opinion around to keep me at risk of being sodomized right away on the face of it. Like, no, I don't think so. And, like, the onus is on you. But anyway. But everyone else at Fox News, the whole day would be saying that, and then you'd have something different to say.

Yeah, there's something incredibly boring about someone. You just tell me. Don't even tell me the name. But it's an MSNBC host, someone who hosts the show. You could pick the name in your head and I'll tell you their opinion on everything.

Climate change, it's an existential crisis. And we have to. Blah, blah, blah. You know, racism. Well, we have to confront systemic racism.

We have to go conversation about race. I always think. Really? I'd love to. Yeah.

Yeah, exactly right. I don't think you want that. Well, that's right. And it's. And no, and it's just so boring.

So boring that you. Anyway, where I was. But also, can I just also say soul destroying. Yes. Like, what you were saying earlier, I thought was so right on about repeating lies is such an offense against you.

Like, where's your self respect? Have you no dignity? Like, are you just like an animal who can be, you know, hit with a shock collar and forced to perform tricks? Like, don't. And there's something, dude.

There's something. It's like a universal law where you kind of, like the way I think Jordan Peterson said it was like, you get to choose your suffering. You don't get to choose no suffering. You get to choose your suffering. And this is true across everything.

Like, we. You could sit down and have a fat piece of cheesecake, or you could jump on the treadmill. The cheesecake feels awesome. Yes. The treadmill fucking sucks.

Yes, it does. You know what I mean? Yes. But you're paying a price. You're just kind of choosing.

But I'm not saying you should never sit back and have cheesecake. Like, sometimes you got to do that, but it's like you're choosing your suffering. Like, I'm. And there's this choice where I'm going to choose to suffer upfront now so that I have some benefit later. And it's always kind of that dynamic.

And when you lie to yourself, it's like, okay, you're choosing this kind of short term. You know, this lie will have whatever positive effects it'll have. Exactly. Right. This person might believe I'm a little bit cooler than I really am or whatever, but there's a long term.

There's never not a cost. You can never get away from that without paying some type of price. So degrading. And that's the price. So degrading.

Like, how could. And it's interesting. And all the people with self respect are gone. They've been purged. Yeah.

But then there's also. Okay, so part of that price, too. And this is what I was getting at, which the thing that you and Rogan have in common is that so many of those hosts and I don't know all of them. You know, I've done a lot of shows at Fox News, met a lot of people over there, and I did a lot of shows at CNN when I was working there. And so I met a lot of those guys.

I've never, I was one time in the MSNBC studios and just met a few of the people there. But they're like, so many of them are totally phony. They're just not, I mean, I've had things where, like, I've gone and grabbed beers with people after, like, a show at Fox News, like, after doing Kennedy or doing cute or something like that. And one time there was a green beret, I won't name him, but he's a, he was a green Beret who served a couple tours in Afghanistan. And he was on, when we were on the show, he was talking about, you know, how supporting the surge, I think, I can't remember this years ago.

I think it was Trump's first surgeon. And then we go out for beers afterward, and he was like, listen, there is no army over there that we've been building up. There's nothing. They'll fold in a day. And he goes, let me tell you.

And he would tell me about, like, the, you know, he goes, dude, we would, we would give them, you know, like some machine guns. We'd go out on a mission, come back. They used them to rob everybody in the village. There's no afghan army that we're building up. The Taliban will run right through them.

It's like, oh, why didn't you just tell everybody that? You know what I mean? Like, why did you totally lie when we were on tv? And it's just, there's a lot of people who do that. And you can smell that.

You can smell that on them, though. Like, even if you don't know that, over time, people kind of know. People kind of know, like, oh, these guys are, and there is something, having watched you for a long time and now having met you, and this is Joe Rogan, too, you are exactly the same person off camera that you are. I hope so. And there's no now with Bobby, there might be something you'd say off camera that you wouldn't say on camera, but there's nothing you're saying, but there's nothing you're saying on camera or that you don't believe.

I was like, I would never do that. And so that's like, I think that is, you don't have to say everything you think. You cannot lie. Right? Right.

Exactly. And you never say everything you think. I don't think you should, actually, because I have a lot of dumb opinions, too. Or they're just rooted in meanness or irritation or mocking people's appearances, which I have a weakness for. Don't.

Don't do that. If I know you're a compliment. I get your point, but I'm not. No intention of stopping that. But there is something that I think is part of what I love so much about Joe, and I think part of what, why he has blown up and been so successful is that, you know, because people ask me all the time, they'll be like, what's Joe Rogan like?

You know? And I'll be like, you already know. You already know. You already know what he's like. And you know this because you went and hung out.

He's exactly that guy. Oh, totally. Exactly the same guy. You know, I love that that works. I love, I'm thrilled by his success.

And yes, the money, too. Not that interested in money, but I understand that, like, unless something is a real business, it won't continue. Right. And so I love how successful he's been because it means it's just inspiration to everyone else. Yes.

Right. If you're an honest person, you can actually make a good living being an honest person. How great is that? Yeah. Well, that's awesome.

No, that's right. And that is the part. And I don't, like, I'm not the biggest fan, but that is the stuff where Ayn Rand was really correct about. Oh, I agree. The idea that, like.

No, like, kind of there is this connection between, like, what she would call selfishness, which I don't think is the right word for it, but, like. But there is something between, like, success and that humans are weird psychological creatures. Sometimes you can have the desire to not succeed, to not outshine somebody else, you know? And. But actually, you're doing a much better thing if you, like, succeed, if you're great at something, and then you're, like, an inspiration to others to be.

Well, sure. Logan gets rich because he's brave and honest. How is that bad? Yeah. I mean, you see all these other people getting rich because they're craven and dishonest.

And that's very demoralizing, actually. Well, and also, I mean, there's so much, there's so many things to be down about in our, our country, particularly right now. Like, our country is not in a very good place. Like, I, you know, I'm like, I got a wife and two little kids, and I put up, put on a very strong face for them. Like, in front of them.

I'm never, like, worried about anything that's right, no matter what it is. And that's just the way it's like, don't buy gold in front of your wife.

She sees the bars. But the point is that. But I'm very. But, you know, the truth is, like, between me and you and the millions of people on the Internet, like, I'm terrified about the future of our culture. Very, very concerned about it.

And there's a lot of, like, you know, look, I mean, obviously, like, we're in. We're in $34 trillion of debt. We can never stop fighting these wars. We've turned world opinion completely against us. We have the worst political and social and racial divides of my lifetime.

The culture is more insane than any time in my lifetime. I mean, the fact that we're debating over whether five year old boys can transition to be girls, the fact that that's even a real thing and it's not a joke, that wouldn't work because everyone goes, that's too absurd to even be funny. You know what I mean? That's just a sign in itself. But there is also something else going on, and it's much bigger than me, and I don't understand it.

I don't pretend to understand it, but we are living through some type of major paradigm shift and where lies are being exposed quicker and people are being exposed more than ever, and honesty and integrity are being rewarded in certain ways. And that's like, I kind of have to clang on to that because there's so much to be, you know, to feel despair over. But there's something really positive about this. I couldn't agree more. Propaganda is not working the same way it was.

Do you find. I just. I've had this conversation. I ask everyone I have dinner with this question, which is, do you find in the midst of all of this sadness and chaos and decline, rapid decline, that your personal relationships are deeper and more fulfilling? Oh, yeah, totally.

I mean, for me, you do feel that? Oh, yeah. I mean, there's no question about it for me, I mean, I've, like, my. I have little kids. I've.

My oldest is five, so I've just. In the last few years, you know, started, like, having kids, so. Yes. And I have great friends. And through this weird Internet world where we are, I've kind of cultivated, like, a really great audience of a lot of really cool people.

Yes. And, yeah, I think that there's, you know. So you think you're relating to people in a deeper way than you did, say, five or 610 years ago. I think, 100%. Yes.

It's also. It's been. There's been a big period for me kind of growing up. You know, I had a very, like, prolonged adolescence, kind of. I was a stand up comedian.

Yes. Living a degenerate life for many years. And then I settled down and got married and had kids. So that's just aside from the craziness of the world, I think whenever you go through this that you're just living in a better way. Wester, you, though, very, very, very.

Because that's like your. I mean, that's your fortress against. In. That protects you from everything else. Exactly.

Cause it's. Well, it's. And it's just, you know, it's whatever you're. You know, this is the thing that was kind of. I know you sent me when I tweeted something about this, but where, like, when you don't have God, whatever's next highest in line becomes affect your God.

And there is something about I did not have God or family and my own family. You know, I had family members who I loved, but I have my own family. And my whole life, I kind of, like, I was like, a nineties kid. I grew up in. I was born in 1983.

I grew up in the nineties. None of us, nobody I knew was religious. Nobody. And we did not have, you know, like, all of the traditions that many previous generations grew up with, whether, like God, country, chivalry, these things. You wear this uncomfortable outfit here because that's what's expected of you around other people when you go to church.

You know, you strap on these boots. It was like, no, we just grew up in blue jeans and sneakers. And the point of life was kind of like to get through school to go play, you know what I mean? When you were. When I was a teenager, it was like to, like, smoke pot or, you know, like, try to get laid or something.

You know what I mean? Like, it was all just kind of, like, revolved around. Around what's fun. And it wasn't until I got married and when we had my first kid and I found God also at that same time that I'd been living a totally different life where my life is kind of centered around this purpose that there's meaning to it, and it's not really about me and whether I'm having fun. Like, I still like to have fun sometimes, but it's like, that's really not that important.

What's really important is that, like, I'm being a great husband to my wife, I'm being a great father to my kids. And ironically, to some degree, you just find much deeper happiness when you're not living. We were talking about this off camera. I really wish this had been on camera because it was so interesting what you were saying. But you didn't grow up in a conventional two parent household.

No. Right. No, my parents got divorced when I was three. That's young. Yeah.

She grew up in a single parent household. But you seem to have kind of figured out the formula so well. And I said, well, how did you know that? How did you. Well, I mean, look, it's a mix of a few things.

My mother was a really great mother, so I only had one parent. But I did have a really good parent and she did instill a lot of good values in me. And I don't mean if that kind of contradicts what I just said before, like, she did instill good values in me. We didn't have kind of like, you know, God or anything. Right.

And it was something that was just instinctually in me when I, when I first had kids that I just wanted to give them that. And the other major fact there is that my wife is just like the best person I've ever met. And she was. I got very lucky again and just met a really great girl. And that is a.

There is nothing better than being in a great marriage. And I would imagine I've never experienced it, but nothing worse than being. I think that's exactly. I think it's like burning to death. Yeah.

The people I know who I've known, people like that really crazy chick and they can't even think straight cuz they're in agony all the time. Yeah. You know, horrible. But it's just. It's just interesting.

I think maybe I'm very distressed by the number of kids growing up in single parent households. I grew up in a single parent household when I was a kid, so I'm not judging anybody. Yeah, yeah. But it's in retrospect, I think, well, maybe if you grew up that way, as you did and I did, you don't take things for granted. Yeah.

And you're more. You're more intentional in the way you structure your own family. Because you said to me, off air, you're like, I wanted this. Yeah. And I also just have the attitude that, like, well, I think that.

And I blame the baby boomers for almost all of our problems. I do too. And I don't. I'm I don't. Obviously, when you speak in about a group that big, I'm painting, with a broader exceptions to this role.

And I, you know, I love my mother very much, and she's a good person, but as a generation, they just ruined everything. And they're totally selfish. Yes, completely. Jeff Dice, who I love, this guy is so brilliant, but he gave a speech about it, and he was going through the things of, like, all of the slogans of the baby boomers and how self serving they all were. Like, it was like, don't trust anyone over 30 until they got into their thirties, and then it was like.

And you watch it all the way through. Like, COVID, it's like, we got to do everything we can to protect the baby from our generation. Yes. It went from don't trust anyone over 30 to being like, screw your childhood. I don't want to get this.

Keep your hands off my medicare, by the way. You know, like, all. Everything, it's. And. But one of the major things that they changed about the culture was, like, normalizing casual divorce.

Yeah. As if that should just kind of be an option. Like, I'm just not feeling it anymore. So, like, we can get divorced and, like, there's no sense of, like. No, no, no.

Like, look, I'm. There are exceptions. There are cases where there's no use of spouse or something like that. But generally speaking, the idea, like, you took an oath before God and everyone you love and then brought children into this world, that is. That is your obligation.

I know. And that's. That's like, my attitude toward marriage is that it's like, listen, me and my wife, we've. We've faced some hurdles in our marriage. Like, things in the outside world that have happened, of course.

And I think we've done a very good job of them. We've had serious issues. Like, we had major health concerns with one of our kids and got through that. We've had been through lockdowns and been through, you know, and there's more ahead. There's a lot more ahead.

But one thing that is for certain is that that's it. Yeah. It's us for the rest of this. Like, this is. We're living this life together now.

And to me, that's what being married is. Well, if you're. If you're not that, you're not really, if you're trapped, you'll make do. By the way, that sounds grim. It's not grim.

I've never. I mean, I have the same kind of marriage. I've had a happy marriage for 33 years. One of the reasons is that this is what we're doing. Yeah, that's right.

And I grew up with divorce. I remember as a child, my brother, my only brother, feels that we would talk about this when our kids, like, fuck adults. Like, fuck them. Yeah. Having kids and then getting divorced.

You can go find yourself in France. Fuck you. I knew, and I knew people in my. Listen, in my parents generation, there were so. So many people like that.

So many people I know. Oh, yeah. And totally fucked up the kids and did it. Cause, like, right. Like, I gotta be happy.

As if somehow that's a noble thing of, like, I gotta be happy. But they never turned out happy. No, because you have. Cause. Cause the key to real happiness.

I mean, there's different ways to measure happiness or, like, whatever. Again, like, you know, there's someone training for a marathon, and there's someone sitting, having a bag of potato chips. And in the moment, the guy having the bag of potato chips might be happier than the guy training for the marathon, but, like, ultimately, who's going to feel better about themselves is going to be. You know what I mean? So, like, there's, um.

But we want to die. You have obligations and responsibilities, and if you don't fulfill those, you're not going to find long. But also take the long view. Like, the neighborhood I grew up in had all kinds of rich, divorced moms, and every one of them was crazy and unhappy. Every single one of them.

And you wonder where they. I thought in the years since, like, where are they now? You know what I mean? Living in some condo in Scottsdale with Parkinson's, unvisited by their kids. Like it.

You'd get old and die in the end. And when you do, I'm gonna. I really hope I'm surrounded by all my girls and my son and, like, oh, he was such a good guy. Like, yeah, that's all that matters about it. You know what I mean?

And they, like, talk about you at dinner when you're gone. Oh, I miss him. You don't want people. I've seen people die who mistreated their children. Lived it.

Actually, fuck that person. You know what I mean? Yeah, I don't want that. And also, look, I mean, that kind of the absence of having that feeling or the baby boomers kind of not feeling that way, it's kind of like. I mean, look what it's led to.

I mean, you know, it's very easy for, you know, say, popular, conservative, you know, pundits to kind of dunk on college kids and stuff like that, which is like, fun. And I've enjoyed videos of where, you know, like, Ben Shapiro is like, destroying 19 year old in some college campus. And, you know, it's like, you know, he's, she's like, you know, some, some trans kid or something like that and is like, well, I'm, you know, I was born a boy, but why can't I live as a woman? And he's like, why can't you live as a cat? And it was like, it's like, ah, the intellectual prowess of destroying this.

And like, yes, okay, that is stupid. That kid was an idiot. But you also kind of, like, peel a little bit deeper and you're like, so what was this kid's situation, really, because you're talking to a 19 year old, you know what I mean? And let me guess, came from a broken home. I'm trying not to pound the table here.

I agree with you so strongly. Was medicated, I bet. You know, like, as a young and staring down the barrel of a grim life. Yes. Has no conceivable path toward, like, independence and fucking toward what you have and what you grew up with, which is that's all that really.

And you're in charge of the society, by the way. You're in charge of the study you've influenced in the society. You're in the privileged class. And there's no shame in that, by the way. Yes, but it does carry with it the obligation to see that the next generation has a decent shot.

And you haven't done that. You've wasted it all on foreign adventurism and your stupid economic ideas, and this is the result. And you will take no responsibility for, it's like, oh, stupid kids. No, your job is to create another generation of smart kids. And then they wise kids and they mock them.

They're like, oh, well, maybe, maybe if you don't have your avocado toast and your latte, then you'd be able to buy a house or something. And you're like, look, okay, it is true. You're making me mad. I totally agree. Look, it's true that this generation is in many ways softer and more privileged.

And part of that's because they grew up with technological wealth that previous generations never had. It's also partly because their parents never instilled, like, values in them to care about kind of more than just avocado toast. But the fact is that baby boomers could go to college and get a summer job and pay for their college, okay? And then if they didn't go to college, they could go to high school and then go wait online and get a job where you could support a wife and kids off of that job. This might, you know, like.

And that was the way of the world previously that my grandfather worked in factories his whole life and his wife didn't work, and that was that. And he owned a house. He sent kids to college. He had two cars. Like, they had a nice life.

And these kids today come out with six figures of debt and are getting a job at, you know, Starbucks, and houses are going for, like, 600 grand, you know what I mean? For that same humble house that my grandfather had. And the baby boomers all got rich by the value of their house. Just going to Greenwich, and it seems like not a one of them ever went, hey, but aren't we kind of, like, pulling up the ladder on the helicopter here? Like, if my house is, like, skyrocketing in value, that's nice for me.

I got a heloc and I got, like, some money coming in now that I can invest in the market that's going up and make this income coming in. But what about the next generation? How are they ever going to buy a house? They don't care. Like, no one seemed to care.

They don't care. And I'm trying not to interrupt your wonderful description with amens and hosannas, but I just so strongly agree with what you're saying. And I have a bunch of kids. They're all actually thriving. I would say inside, they're all good people, clear thinking they love each other, most important.

But I'm around a lot of college age kids. Like, a lot. Like, way more than most people my age. I'm 54, and I don't think they're soft at all. I'm not talking to my kids.

I mean, they're friends or, you know, I'm around it a lot. They're hard edged, actually. Right? They know how. I mean, they're.

They may be wrong, they may be confused, but they're. They're actually pretty tough in a way, and they're pretty angry, and they sort of get what's going on. And I have deep sympathy for them. Deep, deep. They've been completely screwed over by the people, and they don't any power.

Even if you're a 19 year old Columbia kid, like, I may not agree with your slogans or down with white people, whatever. I. Of course, I hate that I am a white person, but I do sort of, like, think, whose fault is that? It's the people who run everything. It's your.

Your stupid boomer parents. Yeah. It's the administrators at the school. It's our politicians. I mean, I'm sorry to blame society for the crimes of young people, but actually, society does deserve the blame, and the leaders of the society deserve the blame.

Yeah, 100%. That's not a liberal perspective. That's a concern. Conservative perspective. I care about the next generation.

That's how. If you don't care about how your grandchildren are going to live here, how are you conservative? What are you conserving? You're not at all. You're just a freaking grifter.

Shut up. Right? And, like, what has. And this is why, you know, when, uh, um, we. When you were on my podcast, we set the.

The Internet on fire by, uh. Because I trashed Bill Buckley. Like, I completely agree. I said he was one of the greatest great villains of the 20th century. Well, he was a gatekeeper, for sure.

I mean, people started like, what about Stalin and Mao Saitong? And I'm like, okay, fine, he was third. But the point. The point is, okay, there were, like, five ahead of him. Okay, fine.

But he was. But I think part of this is that, you know, a lot of the kind of conservatism, Inc. People who criticized us for saying that, and they're kind of like, well, how would you. You know, this was the guy who was the most prominent member of the conservative movement. And it's like, okay, and so, like, what exactly was conserved in his movement?

What? Like, just explain. Was it the Constitution? Was it what classical liberal values? Was it religion?

Was it tradition? Was it the definition of a woman? Like, what exactly was a big conservative? I mean, like, like, I'll give you something. We still have some gun rights, okay?

You know, like, I don't know. But, like, you lost everything. You lost the United States of America. And part of the reason, a major reason why is because the whole national review, like, takeover of the conservative movement was to drive out all of the. All of the non interventionists, all of the isolationists.

I watched demonize them as racist every single time happen. And the weird. Yeah, don't even. I'm holding back like, I would, you know, I was adjacent to that world my entire life, and I. And I watched it happen.

And, you know, I knew Bill Buckley, and he was perfectly nice to me. You know, didn't hate him or anything, but it was very charming and very smart. I was playing the wasp. You know, it was all a pose. It was completely fake.

And the only people who sort of bought it or people didn't know any better, and that was, like, upper class or something, fake accent, weird homoerotic stuff. And it was like, all just kind of sad, actually. I thought. I thought that was always my view of it, because it was. Was he was posing, but, you know, I think he had good qualities.

I love sailing, so I kind of, you know, I'm with him on that. But in the end, you judge the tree by its fruits, and the fruits are just absolutely rotten. And so I think it's important to be honest about that. Well, I think the fruits were a transformation of the right wing in America from being the old. Right.

Which was really, I mean, they were fairly isolationist, but certainly non interventionist. I mean, like, you know, Robert Taft was the one who didn't want us to be a NATO. I mean, this was like the old. And they were big on, like, immigration controls, sound money, and not getting involved in wars. These were the people who opposed World War one and World War two.

They didn't want american involvement in these wars. Right. And this. The effect of Bill Buckley was to transform what became a conservative movement into being cold warriors, that what we do is we go everywhere around the world looking for a war to fight. So, in other words, the people who really loved America, not the idea, but the physical reality of America and her people, the people who actually live here and their homes and their little towns and their dumb little jobs and all the stuff that makes up a civilization at scale, the people who cared about that somehow became anti american, and the people who would lecture you about how America is an idea, and it doesn't really matter who lives here, what those people are for America.

I mean, it's like a complete inversion of reality, actually. Yeah. And so, again, it's nothing personal against Bill Buckley, who I, you know, played that. Played a mean harpsichord, but not to be catty, but, like, that's a lie. Yeah.

The people who care about actual America are the people whose side I'm on, and I care about actual America not because I'm a good person. I'm really not an especially good person because I got a lot of children who live here. That's what I care about. And, like, because it's. Look, this was a really great country, and, I mean, there are still a lot of great things about it, but it's deteriorating and why, you know, why should we be for that?

And, you know, one of the crazy things about America is that there is kind of this. This idea that we are the United States of America and have been this whole time, whereas there's really been, like, several revolutions in the country. And you know what? Look, I mean, I think the George, double George W. Bush years, the war on terrorism, was a revolution of sorts in the country.

I grew up a kid in the nineties. We are not the same country as we were in the 1990s in the pre war on terror, before the Patriot act and the Department of Homeland Security and the TSA. I mean, the experience at an airport is a different thing. We are a different country than we were before that. I think COVID has changed everything.

You know that. But even before that, I mean, you know, as you've talked about a lot, like the. In the wake of world War two, the creation of the CIA, this was a revolution in the country where it changed who's running the government. And we think of the position of president of the United States of America being the same position that, like, you know, that Woodrow Wilson occupied or something like that. And it's not.

It's a totally different position. Donald Trump did not have the same job FDR had. They were very, very close. And so there is, when people say, oh, you love America, it's like, yes, I love this country. I don't like the direction the government's going in.

I don't care for. Totally agree. And the Bush thing, I have to say, I could feel it at the very beginning. I knew him before he became president. I did not want to vote for him and didn't.

I just didn't vote. I did vote for him the second time because you always get caught up in the other guy. And I knew Kerry, and I just thought Kerry was not impressive at all. So I voted for Bush. But I see Bush still.

I had a meal with him not that long ago. And talk about a defeated, sad guy, actually bitter, insecure, given to lecturing everyone around him about what a great president he was. And I thought, that really is. No, but that's the fruit of the tree. If you've had a successful life, if.

If you've done the things that, you know, if you've fulfilled your obligation and done the right thing, you're not lecturing people about what a great person you are, right at all, are you? No, I don't think so. No, that's failure. And, like, I mean, just. He knows.

I mean, yeah, come on. To try to spin the George W. Bush years as anything other than, like, an absolute failure. I mean, you know, dude, you celebrated, mission accomplished. And then we stayed in the war for 20 years just a disaster and left the country.

And, I mean, look, not only was it all completely unnecessary, I mean, like, we had, like, the special ops response to al Qaeda cells in Afghanistan in late 2001, totally justified that we had an opportunity to trap Osama bin Laden and Tora Bora in late 2001, and they, I believe, intentionally let them go so they could continue these wars. But fighting the decision, do you think that's what happened? Yeah. Yeah. And there's.

I highly recommend to anybody, Scott Horton wrote a book called enough already, which is like a masterpiece history of all the terror wars. And it seems. Seems overwhelmingly likely that they already had their eye on Iraq and that they knew that if they captured Osama bin Laden, it'd be very difficult to sell another war because we got the guy. If that's really true, I mean, that's. That's unspeakably evil.

Yeah, well, look, it was a. It was, you know, you can read, like, through the details of it, but there were a bunch of. They knew he was in Tora Bora and they were requesting. I remember that. And they didn't give it to him.

You know, like, it's. It certainly seems to be what it looks like. And then it was a decision that we're going to cobble then it was a decision that we're going to overthrow the Taliban and fight a regime change war there and then go fight the regime change war in Iraq. And, I mean, look, like you said, judge them by their fruit. I mean, the results of George W.

Bush's wars were. There were trillions of dollars wasted. Hundreds of thousands of people in these countries died, and our bravest young men blowing their brains out by the tens of thousands. I know those are the tangible results of what happened. And it's not even like we sacrificed that so that these countries are much better places to live.

They're actually worse than they were. Much worse. Yeah. So there you go. You know, so great administration.

Okay, so let me end on this question, because that's so depressing, what you just said, because it's true. Yeah, it is true. And no one was ever punished for it. And, in fact, rewarded. They were all rewarded for it.

Name the three things that give you hope outside of your own family in America right now. Okay, so. Well, the first one was kind of what I was touching on before that there is this. There is like a seismic shift in the way people are being exposed. The part of the reason, and I know you've, you've talked about this a lot and I think explained it very well.

But what you're seeing out of the establishment what you see out of MSNBC when they talk about Donald Trump or when they talk about you, for that matter, is not a ruling class that is confident that they have power. No, they are like, you know, cockroach that's trapped. You know what I mean? Riddle is, and there's a reason for that, and there's a reason why they're so hysterical. And it's because for the first time in certainly in my lifetime, and way well beyond that, the monopoly over the control of information has truly been broken.

And that you watch this during COVID where, I mean, like, you and Joe Rogan had a huge impact on the nation during COVID because you were, like, the two biggest people with the biggest audiences, completely exposing how insane the whole narrative was and how insane all of the COVID restrictions were. And eventually, it got to a point where people just weren't taking it anymore. They weren't listening to Fauci. Like, we never had anything like that before. We never had, like, someone like Joe Rogan or someone like you doing this show where, you know, like, in the run up to, say, in 2002, the run up to the war in Iraq, there was just no one like that who was, like, blowing the whistle with tens of millions of people listening to them and explaining how this is all lies.

We have that now, and they're freaking out about that. And this is really why all the attempts at tech censorship happened since 2016, because they recognize that, like, oh, Donald Trump can tweet his way to the White House. He doesn't even have to go through us. So we better control Twitter and, you know, YouTube and Facebook and all of these at Google and all of this. And even in their attempts to control it, it's net.

They've never been as good as they were at controlling when there were just three networks and a few big newspapers. And now I think Elon Musk really threw a wrench in their plans by buying Twitter. And so that, so I'm very encouraged about that. I'm very encouraged about the fact that, you know, their people are kind of have access to the truth in a way that they never did before. I think that.

I think ideas are powerful, and I think that all governments rely on propaganda. It doesn't work without that. And there's something in that that's really encouraging in a way. It's like, oh, they have, they have to convince us huge before they can just do it. You know, like every.

Okay, there's two things that are seemingly contradictory, but they're not number one, democracy is an illusion. It doesn't really exist. Yes. You don't really ever have democracy. You know, oh, we get to vote in presidential elections.

Like, even assuming all the votes are counted in the right way or something like that. It's like, yeah, you get to vote when these two parties, these private entities, decide who the candidate is, and then you can pick between the two of them. You know what I mean? That's not really democracy. But in another sense, there's always democracy.

And every nation, no matter how, whether they have free and fair elections or not, there's always, like, there has to at least be tacit acceptance by the people, of course. And if there's not, you know, if there's 500,000 people out in the streets screaming at a dictator about how they want policy x, that dictator is like, you know, I've been considering it, and we will be implementing policy x. You know what I mean? Like, because at the end of the day, there's way more of you than there are of him. Totally.

Right. And so when you can spread ideas, we have a fighting shot. I think so. That's very encouraging to me. I think there's also been a huge move away from us hegemony internationally, which is both very scary, but is also, I think, necessary.

I think that the american, America spiraling as a country, I think, started with us getting off of the gold standard. Once government could print as much money as they want to, they make people rich for just trading and paper, being politically connected, and you're not earning anything to become rich. And it's devastating. Yes. And then I think the unipolar moment was the worst thing that ever happened to America.

Right. You need counterbalance. Winning is often losing. Right. And so you need.

I don't. I want to see it happen in the best way possible. I think it's very bad in some ways for our country if we're not the world reserve currency anymore. But it's ultimately the solution. Like, it's no good of us being the.

The fact that we can just export paper and then maintain our standard of living isn't the right way. I hope it's a smooth transition, but, like, I do think there's something positive in the fact that that's all changing. So I think all of those things make me happy. I don't know. Did I hit three?

Yeah, you did. And let me just ask you to follow up on one, losing our privilege, our unique privilege as the holder of the world's reserve currency. I mean, it's going to happen. Of course it's in progress. The Ukraine war accelerated it.

Yes, but I haven't looked at the upside of that at all, and I think it's inevitable. So it would be nice to know what the upside is. Well, I mean, if you think about. Look, all the stuff that. So we.

We got this privilege after World War two, right? The Bretton Wood agreement, and a lot of the stuff where you talk about our soul as a country being destroyed, it happened in large part as a result of that, you know, because we didn't have to earn our place in the world anymore. We could just export paper. And, of course, we immediately started cheating. And this is why Nixon took us off the gold standard.

It's not that, you know, Nixon went off the gold standard. It's that the french called his bluff. We were saying, we'll exchange dollars for $35 an ounce, and they went, okay, we'll take our gold. And we were like, oh, wait, I'm sorry. What was that?

And they were like, no, no, no. I just saw you did this whole. Like. You had this whole space program, and you fought a war in Vietnam, and you just started all these entitlement programs. You know, it does seem like you've been printing a lot of money.

I think we'll take our goals. And then Nixon was like, let's just run an attack against the US dollars. Like, what do you mean? We had a contract. And they were, like, living up to your end of the contract.

But once we were. Once there was no more pretense, then we could just print money like crazy. Then you have everybody in Wall street getting rich. In the eighties, you have the tech boom. In the nineties.

This is all. And so I'm just saying, I think that. I don't know that it's been great for our country to be the world reserve currency. I think it's been great for the military industrial complex. I think it's great for Wall Street.

I don't think it's been good for our soul. And so, if I handed you a billion dollars, unearned, do you think it would improve your life? No, I think it would probably destroy my life. You know, because what do you. You know, if you actually start thinking that through.

So then I go like, okay, so, all right, fine. So initially, okay, I could buy a bunch of cool stuff. That's great. We all know that's not really what matters anyway. It'll.

For a moment, you know, feel really. It'll distract you. Yeah, for sure. Right? And then it's like, okay, so what am I gonna do for my family now?

Like, my. Obviously, my. My kids, my wife are my responsibility. But then, like, okay, what? I got a brother.

I got a sister. I guess I got to hand them a bunch of money, too, you know? My brother's, like, just coming out of grad school. It's like, am I going to hand him a huge and just take away all of his drive to, like, go make it on his own now, am I going to give him nothing and be a brother who has a billion dollars and gives him nothing? That's not an option either.

I don't know. Things get, like, way more complicated very quickly where you're like, no, actually, that's not the right answer. And also, it's not as if I have, like, the respect from my family now. Like, oh, my God, you're taking care of all of us. You were handed a billion dollars.

You didn't earn anything. You didn't create anything. It's like, no, that's not. No longer the man in your house. Yeah, you don't actually want that.

I want to have a nice house because I work to get my family a nice. Exactly. You know? So, yeah, no, I wouldn't want that. I don't know how.

I don't know. You're one of the rare people I just share with all the same instincts. So. Yeah. I don't quite know how that happened, but.

Well, thank you. That was a. I love that dude. Thank you so much. I've really, really enjoyed being out here.

Me too. Dave Smith. Thanks.

They, like, worship power. They, like, grew up wanting to be part of the club. And the only effect, you know, Teddy Roosevelt right there, he. He was like, an actual populace because he grew up in that world, and he's like, actually, you all kind of suck in. There's nothing that you have that I want.

You know what I mean? I'd rather be in North Dakota hunting. And that was his superpower. And I have to say Trump has some of that.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


4th Turning

4th Turning

4th Turning

Episode Summary:

The book "The Fourth Turning" introduces the concept of saeculum, which are cycles of roughly 80 years, approximating a human lifespan. These cycles consist of four "turnings" that correlate to generational shifts and societal changes. Each turning represents a different season of society: a high, an awakening, an unraveling, and a crisis.

America's current cycle began post-World War II with a period of prosperity and equality, epitomized by cultural icons like Elvis and innovative developments like the first computers.

This high ended with the assassination of JFK, leading into an awakening marked by social upheaval and rights movements.

The unraveling followed, characterized by political and social decay, culminating in economic crises.

We are now in a crisis phase, a period of upheaval and transformation.

The book suggests each generation plays a role in these cycles, with Baby Boomers seen as prophets, Gen X as nomads, Millennials as heroes, and Gen Z expected to be artists. This ongoing cycle influences individuals' roles in society and underscores the repetitive yet transformative nature of history.

#FourthTurning #Saeculum #HistoryCycles #GenerationalDynamics #Crisis #High #Awakening #Unraveling #BabyBoomers #GenX #Millennials #GenZ #Prophets #Nomads #Heroes #Artists #SocialChange #Transformation #HistoricalPatterns #CyclicHistory #GenerationalRoles #Society #CulturalShifts #EconomicCrisis #CivilRights #DigitalAge #Nonconformity #SocialJustice #CulturalIcons #Elvis #Computers #WorldWars #AmericanHistory #FutureGenerations #CulturalEvolution

Key Takeaways:
  • Historical Cycles: The concept of saecula, or 80-year history cycles, frames history in terms of generational changes and societal transformations.
  • Four Turnings: Each cycle consists of four phases—high, awakening, unraveling, and crisis—each resembling seasons and lasting approximately 20 years.
  • Generational Roles: Specific roles are attributed to different generations:
    • Baby Boomers are viewed as prophets.
    • Generation X is characterized as nomads.
    • Millennials are expected to emerge as heroes.
    • Generation Z is anticipated to be the artist generation.
  • Current Phase: The narrative posits that we are currently in a crisis phase, a time of upheaval and significant change.
  • Impact of Generations: Each generation has a critical role during the turnings, influencing the course and outcome of these historical cycles.
  • Societal Transformation: The crisis phase is seen as a catalyst for major societal shifts, where new ideas and systems can emerge.
  • Historical Patterns: Recognizing these patterns can help individuals understand the broader societal dynamics and their potential roles within them.
  • Predictive Insight: The book suggests that understanding these cycles provides predictive insight into what kinds of societal changes and challenges might be expected.
  • Generational Influence: The theory emphasizes the importance of generational characteristics and their collective influence on shaping the future.
  • Cyclic Nature of History: Emphasizes the repetitive nature of history, suggesting that by understanding past cycles, one can anticipate future developments.
Predictions:
  • The current crisis phase will lead to significant societal transformations, potentially altering how society functions at fundamental levels.
  • Generational roles will shape the outcomes of this transformation, with each generation bringing its unique contributions and challenges to the fore.
  • Upcoming generational shifts are expected to rebalance power and influence, potentially tilting towards younger generations as they come of age during and after the crisis.
  • Historical events will continue to unfold in predictable cycles, allowing those who understand these patterns to better prepare for and respond to future crises.
  • The crisis will act as a "forest fire," clearing old growth to make way for new developments in society, economy, and politics.
Key Players:
  • John F. Kennedy
  • Martin Luther King
  • Bill Gates
  • Steve Jobs
  • Elon Musk
  • Malala Yousafzai
  • Bill Withers
  • Toni Morrison
  • Bob Dylan
  • Hank Williams
  • Elvis Presley
  • Little Richard
  • McIntosh (First McIntosh computer)
  • Ronald Reagan
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

4th Turning

For a decade, this spirited man had been reading books, trying to figure out what the hell was going on. His brother, a spirited man himself, told him to read this book, the fourth turning. This book turned out to be the spirited man's favorite kind of book. A mind blower, a book about how and when history repeats itself.

And this is what the book said. History repeats itself in 80 year blocks called saeculum, but we'll just call them history blocks. Not exactly 80 years. This is history, not math, but roughly the span of a human lifetime. Maybe 80 to 90 years.

Within these 80 year history blocks, we have four turnings of around 20 years each. We usually call them generations. This book calls them turnings. Turnings are sort of like seasons, like spring, summer, fall, winter. Throughout our history, we've had these 80 year blocks.

And the 80 year blocks have been remarkably similar to each other. We're in one now.

The first turning, the first season is a high, an upbeat era. The second turning is an awakening, a passionate era. The third turning is an unraveling, a downcast era. And the fourth turning, well, sorry, but fourth turnings suck. The fourth turning is a crisis, an era of upheaval.

We're in a fourth turning right now.

So let's take a look at our seculum, our history block. The history block that we're in the crisis of right now. Our high began after our world War two victory. By our, we mean America's. These are America's history blocks and turnings.

During a high, the getting is good. We had the most even distribution of wealth during our high. You could work at a gas station and afford to buy a house. This high is the period that the MAGA hats refer to. We got Hank Williams and Elvis and Little Richard.

In the birth of rock and roll, we launched monkeys and men into space. This is when the Mustangs and corvettes first came out. Our high ended with the assassination of John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963. The high is not a high for everyone, of course, America still had a segregated south.

Homosexuality was illegal and considered a mental disorder. The high is a period of conformity. The age of nonconformity and of social justice begins during the awakening, our passionate era. During the awakening, we had Martin Luther King and the civil rights movement, acid Vietnam protests and Vietnam itself. The women's liberation movement, stonewall and the gay rights movement.

Great movies, great music. This is when the first McIntosh computer came out. The awakening is a time of increasing individualism. This second turning, this awakening ended with the reelection of Ronald Reagan in 1984. Things get messy during the third turning.

During the unraveling, we got the fall of soviet communism and the beginning of the russian gangster state. The greatest musicians of the time sang about violence and decay in their deteriorating cities. The LA riots, OJ, the bombing of Bosnia, and the Columbine high school shootings. On the same day, September 11, the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq. Our unraveling ended with the financial crisis of 2008.

A fascinating fact about this book is that it was written during the last third turning, published in 1997. But the book predicts now what's happening now in this fourth turning. And what's happening now is right on schedule.

80 years ago. In the last fourth turning, America had her great depression. Then World War 280. Years before that, the civil war. 80 years before that, the revolutionary war.

Now it's our turn to save the country.

So where do you fit into all this? What's your role? It depends when you were born. Each generation, each cohort, tends to embody a specific archetype, an archetype that will move the society towards the next high. Each generation's archetype is the characteristic that will define the generation in its prime in midlife.

The boomer archetype is the prophet. Bill Gates and Steve Jobs are boomers and prophets. Both predicted that one day everyone, not just big corporations and governments, would own a computer. Gates even predicted a crisis like COVID-19 five years beforehand. The writers of this book are boomers and prophets.

Gen X is the nomad generation, the quintessential Gen xer. Elon Musk builds things that move us from one place to another. Rockets, electric cars, hyperloops, nomadic devices.

But the millennials raised during the unraveling will emerge as the hero generation during this crisis. These are the Parkland high students, the frontline hospital workers, and Malala Yuschafzai. The book says millennials will be the world War two heroes of our history block.

We don't know what Gen Z will do, but they will be an artist generation. From them will emerge the next bill Withers, Toni Morrison, or Bob Dylan, all born during the last crisis, all from an artist generation. The history block before ours ended with World War two and began with the civil war 80 years prior. The history block before that ended with the civil war and began with the end of the revolutionary war 80 years prior. Every 80 years or so, something big comes along and changes everything.

And now we're at the end of our history block, right in the middle of our crisis. We are in the process of changing our world again. The authors of the fourth turning tell us that these crises are like forest fires, unpleasant but necessary. They clear the woods for new growth as we work towards our next high. This crisis will tilt the playing field away from the old and towards the young, they tell us.

But the victory is not guaranteed. We will each of us need to rise to the occasion during this crisis. We will need to develop and fortify our virtues as we pursue a greener pasture.

Our western society was built to foster the potential of each individual within it. The aggregate effort of individuals keeps it going.

The spirited man wonders, what is his role? What verse must he contribute to help extinguish the crisis?

This spirited man is told that his cohort, Gen X, is the repair generation, the one stuck with fixing the messes and cleaning up the debris left by others. Cleaning, fixing, repair.

This particular spirited man from the last pre digital generation, the last of the analogs, just happens to have a particular knack for repair and for fixing.

Perhaps his nomad generation is tasked with ferrying his society from one saeculum, from one history block to another. But where does he start? Well, the zipline at the community center playground has been broken for over a year, and this particular spirited man happens to have the tools to fix it.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


SOMETHING VERY STRANGE IS HAPPENING… ARE THEY TRYING TO TELL US SOMETHING – 02-22-2023

SOMETHING VERY STRANGE IS HAPPENING... ARE THEY TRYING TO TELL US SOMETHING - 02-22-2023

SOMETHING VERY STRANGE IS HAPPENING... ARE THEY TRYING TO TELL US SOMETHING - 02-22-2023

Episode Summary:

The document outlines a series of unusual activities among the wealthy and influential, including massive stock sales by billionaires like Jeff Bezos and Mark Zuckerberg, and politicians. It highlights a trend of selling high-value assets, such as mansions and stocks, and the acquisition of New Zealand passports and construction of doomsday bunkers. The narrator speculates on the reasons behind these actions, drawing parallels with historical patterns preceding economic downturns, and raises concerns about insider trading and the accumulation of tangible assets like gold, silver, and artwork. The document suggests a possible anticipation of global crises, underscored by investments in secure, underground living spaces and relocation strategies, potentially indicating foreknowledge or preparation for significant future events.

The text discusses a series of peculiar actions by billionaires and politicians, including large-scale asset liquidation and investments in secure, bespoke bunkers. Speculating on potential crises anticipation, it draws historical parallels and highlights a surge in tangible asset accumulation. The narrative questions the motives behind these moves, suggesting a possible foreknowledge of global upheavals.

#Billionaires #StockSales #DoomsdayBunkers #NewZealandPassports #GlobalCrisis #WealthyElites #AssetLiquidation #EconomicDownturn #InsiderTrading #TangibleAssets #GoldInvestment #SilverInvestment #ArtworkCollection #UndergroundLiving #SecureBunkers #MarketPatterns #Liquidity #GDP #LongCovid #Roaring20s #GreatDepression #SmartMoney #BillionaireClass #USPassports #TaxAvoidance #GeomagneticStorm #Cyberattack #BlackoutWarning #ApocalypticPreparation #HawaiiLand #LondonWealth #HighInterestRates #Bankruptcy #WorldWar3 #ImmigrationArmy

Key Takeaways:
  • Unprecedented asset liquidation by billionaires and politicians.
  • Significant investments in secure, bespoke bunkers and foreign passports.
  • Accumulation of tangible assets like gold, silver, and artwork.
  • Speculation on preparation for global crises based on historical patterns.
  • Concerns over insider trading and foreknowledge of economic downturns.
Predictions:
  • Anticipation of global crises, potentially economic or geopolitical.
  • Possible increase in insider trading and asset liquidation activities.
Key Players:
  • Jeff Bezos
  • Mark Zuckerberg
  • Oprah Winfrey
  • Shamar Moore
  • Jay Z and Beyonce
  • Mila Kunis
  • Russell Wilson
  • Jlo Ben Affleck
  • Kelly Rowland
  • John Legend
  • Ricky and Kathy Hilton
  • Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI
  • Peter Thiel, CEO of PayPal
  • Bill Gates
  • Zach Nelson
  • Larry Ellison
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SOMETHING VERY STRANGE IS HAPPENING... ARE THEY TRYING TO TELL US SOMETHING - 02-22-2023

Welcome back, ladies and gents. We've got a crazy one today. Can you just drop a one in the chat, let me know you can hear me because it's the first time streaming again for a while in the studio. So can you just drop a one in the chat, let me know you can hear me?

Okay. And then we'll get started in just 30 seconds. Here it, perfect.

Okay, good. We are going to get started then. Today's video is going to be a very, very interesting one and quite a crazy one as well, actually, because I've been waiting to get home to actually do all the research on this and look into all this properly. But there's something very strange going on right now in the world. And I mean really, really weird.

And let me give you a little hint before we go through everything. You probably saw the news this week. Jeff Bezos has just sold off another $4 billion of Amazon stock. You've got Mark Zuckerberg selling $744,000,000 of stock. You've got all these people selling stock.

I'm going to go through the screen in a moment and show you everyone. And hopefully this will be a good stream because I am absolutely jet lagged to the max. As you know, I've just got back from Thailand. So. Yeah, I know I'm looking rough.

No need to tell me in the comments. All right, here we go. Are you ready? I'm going to go through this one by one. Oprah Winfrey's house in California on sale for $100 million.

Shamar Moore house for sale 5.8 million. Jay Z and Beyonce's home is on the market for $300 million. Mila Kunis, who are actually, she's the actor. $30 million. Russell Wilson, 25 million.

Jlo Ben Affleck. Their home is on the market for $60 million. Kelly Rowland's home is on the market for $4.5 million. John legend, his mansion is on the market for $17.5 million. Ricky and Kathy Hilton, $15 million.

This goes on and on and on and on. There must be 100 of them. These are all these mansions right now from all these wealthy people that are selling their homes right now. You can check this, you can go online and check this data for yourself. Not just that, we have all of these politicians and all these wealthy people selling.

So let me jump to the shared screen a moment just so I can show you this. Here we go. So let's start with, I'm going to go through us senators. So those of you who are in the US know. So what's he doing right now?

The orange is sell. He is selling. Okay, so there's one Daniel Goldman, he has been selling. Pete Ricketts, he's been selling. Zoe Loughgren has been selling.

That's a massive sell, actually. Look at that. Dan Sullivan, he's selling. John Hickenlooper, he's selling. Lois Frankel, talk about a sell.

I mean, she hasn't sold so much in a decade. Right now. Michael Burgess, he's selling. John Curtis, he's selling. Scott Franklin also has been selling.

This is absolutely crazy. So I started then looking at this and saying, this is very unusual. Come on, Neil, brain work. What's the pattern here? Find the pattern.

What are we seeing? And I'm going to start grasping a lot of straws here as to what I'm seeing because there's a lot of very unusual things, but there's a number of patterns. Number one, the billionaires are selling, they're selling their stock. The politicians are selling their stock. But of course, for every seller, there is a buyer.

So then it sort of raises the question, well, who is the buyer for all of this? Let's see if we have time to go into all of that. But is the usual suspects some of the biggest corporations on the planet. But also what are we seeing in the media? You may have noticed this uptick in now's the perfect time to get into the market.

And the patterns I'm seeing at the moment are the exact same patterns that we saw. And again, I'm not saying this is going to happen, but I'm just saying we're seeing these same patterns as what we saw during the Great Depression. It saw the roaring 20s going towards a great depression. Now, I'm not saying we're going into an 80% market crash. I'm definitely not saying that.

I don't even think that is what we're seeing or what we are going towards because there's so much liquidity floating around. If you've taken my finance courses or my stock market course, you'll understand what I'm talking about here when I talk about all this liquidity, because liquidity is now detached from a lot of the valuations. So what we're seeing is so much liquidity being created. And we have to create the liquidity because of the GDP. And if you think about what GDP is, and then you connect it to the liquidity and you connect it to productivity and the demographics and who's working and who isn't.

And now this massive uptick in people who are sick, who are unable to work, what they're calling still long Covid and other stuff. I think it's load of nonsense myself, but this is what we're seeing. So my brain's going, okay, I know you're jet lagged, but what is it that. What's this pattern we're seeing here? So we're seeing this correlation between what we saw in the roaring 20s, where everyone's being pulled in.

So you've seen all this non smart money, let's say, being pulled in. We're seeing all the billionaire class selling, and they're doing it very strategically. But here's another interesting thing that they're doing. They're buying New Zealand passports and they're buying these other passports at a record rate. In fact, we're seeing a lot of people giving in their us passports right now.

And there's actually been so many people giving in their us passport and canadian passport that now the government has started implementing these new measures. So you might wait two years. I know someone who waited two and a half years for their appointment. And then the government said, oh, are you trying to avoid tax? Because if you are, this is.

What do they say in the US? I don't know what it's called, but it's like a felony. So if you're trying to avoid tax, then we can come after you anywhere in the world and you can get up to a ten year prison sentence and pay all the back taxes and all these facts. So they're trying to intimidate and scare people. So we're seeing all these different patterns.

But let me show you what else we're seeing as well at the moment. Have you seen this?

We can never predict or control what will happen in the world, but our first, most powerful instinct is always the same, to protect the ones we love. Okay, so you can see where this is going. They're showing all the. They're pre framing it. Oh, massive.

What was it? Was that a cyberattack? Let's see. Yeah. Blackout warning.

Blackout warning. Geomagnetic storm. And the next thing, you got this wealthy guy, and he's starting to look out his window. Oh, here's his mansion. Here we go.

Look at this beautiful mansion with this big storm to provide a sanctuary where they can be safe and secure, out of danger and out of sight. You know where this is going. But with all the comforts of homes and surrounded by their most precious possessions.

Oh, here we go. Here we go. Opidom creates underground living spaces that are highly secure and completely discreet, yet beautifully appointed and entirely bespoke. So a quick one for you, then. You cannot buy any of these bunkers right now.

There is a waiting list that is absolutely huge. Mark Zuckerberg has just spent $270,000,000 on his. Sam Altman, CEO of OpenAI. Sorry, let me go back to the normal screen a second. We'll jump back in.

CEO there, Peter Thiel, you know who he is? CEO of PayPal. He tried to build a large bunker in New Zealand, but he was unable to get the permission. Bill Gates has got dozens of these bunkers. I mean, he's got them, it's said, and we can't verify that.

He's got more underground bunkers than anyone else. So this tells you a lot. Zach Nelson. We've got Jeff Bezos, Larry Ellison. These are some of the wealthiest people in the world, and they have all of these bunkers, and they've been building these bunkers.

And not just that, the US has been building this new massive tunnel system. And it said that it's up to 50 years worth of food in there. It's really crazy. I know this sounds crazy. I'm listening to myself saying it, going, Neil, you sound crazy, but this is actually happening right now.

We're seeing all this weird, weird stuff. And you saw the movies, the Obama movie that came out with the underground bunker, and that's what saved the family. And then we've got the movie coming out shortly. Oh, what's that? There's a new one.

Drop it in the chat a second. You'll remember what it is. Civil War, I think it's called. And then we've got all the stuff on the border, and then we've got all this stuff with. Now Biden's talking about this new army, this new US army of a migrant army.

And if they're illegal migrants and if they join up, and we've seen this with other countries, this is nothing new, but if they join up, it's a pathway to citizenship. And I was, hmm. I wonder why. This has just been announced straight, what, two days after the issues with the border with Texas? And, you know, the troops just wouldn't go against each other.

I mean, there's some really wild things going on. I don't know if you've noticed a lot of this stuff, but then there's also some logical reasons. At the same time, Bezos is going to save a lot of money. He's moving to Florida. You've seen a lot of the billionaire class moving to Florida or Texas.

Red states, funny enough. But here's a correlation to London as well. What we're seeing is the billionaires and the super wealthy are selling their property, so they don't tend to be mansions in central London. These are things like Hyde Park, Kensington, Chelsea, Knightsbridge. All of these apartments have been getting on the market.

They've been selling. And a lot of these super wealthy people are renting. So they're starting to rent apartments now as opposed to owning them. And we are seeing a shift as well in wealth and capital. We're seeing a lot of people starting to go bankrupt due to the higher interest rates.

So this whole thing is causing some really wild market conditions. So we just talked about the senators that are selling up. Let's go back to the video a second with everything you need to relax and unwind and keep your mind and body in peak condition. This is just absolutely unbelievable. We work with you, wherever you are in the world to enhance and protect your residence.

Whatever is happening in the world outside, you can rest easier. Oh, yeah. Look, just bring your buddy over. Yeah, just fly over. There's a geomagnetic storm.

There's a war, world war three. This guy just gets in his helicopter. He flies, he flies over and, oh, yeah, he just opens the door for him. Yeah, come on in time. This guy.

When did he come in? Times of unrest, entertain friends and enjoy private time with your family. Or just savor having a safe place. I don't know who the guy at the back was there. He looks a bit strange.

What's all this? This is all the artwork. Your private gallery keeps your collections in perfect condition and is built to the highest security standards. Okay, let's notice here, by the way, I haven't watched this video in a little while, so this is the first time I've seen it with you. But look at what they've got.

They've got gold. Here's a little hint. They've got silver, and then they've got artwork as well. Obviously tangible assets here, so a little hint there. I'm not sure what's in these boxes underneath.

I'm guessing maybe some more silver. The hidden technology that sustains your life underground is as carefully considered, meticulously engineered, and beautifully crafted as every other aspect of your opidom. Your opidom has two independent air filtration systems. Anyway, you see where this is going? It keeps going on, and you got all these.

I mean, it's absolutely mind blowing. Mind blowing. That looks like something out of an apocalyptic movie, doesn't it? Where everything's grown back. All the trees, actually, it does look like that.

It looks like the trees have reclaimed the land. Of course. Hydroponics in there. This whole thing is pretty crazy to me. Now, one of the thing is, you might say, well, where else are these billionaires going?

This is where it gets even more crazy. They're starting to buy up land in. Go on, drop it in the comment. You know where this is? Hmm?

Hawaii. All of a sudden, they're buying up a lot of land in Hawaii. That's very strange. Very strange. I mean, I won't even pass comment on that.

Isn't that the new terms and conditions? You're not allowed to even speculate on anything strange there? That so many of them are moving to Hawaii? Yeah, nothing strange about that whatsoever. Let's see what else I wanted to cover.

Okay, we talked about that. Mark Zuckerberg selling his shares, billionaires selling theirs. Yeah, this is. Know all these politicians now, it's so suspicious. All of these trades that they're making.

And they're making these trades just before something big is announced. Obviously insider trading, but for some reason, they're not allowed to do it again. Forbes, okay, this isn't some crazy conspiracy website. Look, this is Forbes meet the billionaires buying up Hawai. You can go through and read all this stuff.

It tells you who is there, and they're buying up Hawai. Of course. Oprah's house. Completely missed. What did they say it was?

A one in 200 ods. Completely missed by the fires. Yeah. Okay. I won't even say anything on that.

Just so many articles that I could share with you today. They're all building these things. They're all doing all of this stuff, all of these doomsday bunkers.

Drop it in the comment. What do you think? Am I acting crazy here? Am I joining together all the dots of something that. Am I just connecting something that isn't connected?

Let's just recap on this. Massive stock sales in the wealthy, in the billionaires, massive stock sales in the politicians who get the information first on things. We're seeing all of these, I just mentioned all of these millionaires, billionaires selling their mansions. And then we're seeing them all on this massive waiting list to buy bunkers. And they're buying New Zealand passports so they can build bunkers.

I mean, I don't know, maybe I'm connecting too many dots here, but this seems a little bit weird for me. I guess we'll find out in the near future if that's the case. But only two people dislike the video out of everyone so far, so I guess I'm onto something with it. I guess not everyone thinks I'm absolutely crazy, so there we go. All right, well, thanks for being online.

Take care. God bless. And I'll see you tomorrow for the walk and talk, weather permitting. All right, see you then. Bye.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Symptoms – 01-11-2023

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Episode Summary:

Clif High begins by sharing personal experiences of facing extreme weather, emphasizing the unusual nature of such events in his location. He touches on the consequences of these weather patterns, including how they affect daily life and chores.

High delves into the topic of extraterrestrial beings, particularly focusing on the 'Elohim' and 'Anunnaki', whom he describes as manipulative and harmful entities in human history. He disputes traditional interpretations of these beings as gods, instead presenting them as malevolent space aliens. This interpretation leads to a critique of religious beliefs, especially those of the Abrahamic faiths, suggesting that these religions have misconstrued alien interactions as divine encounters.

A significant portion of High's discussion is dedicated to critiquing the existing power structures and institutions that he believes have suppressed truth and knowledge, particularly in science and history. He argues that this suppression has led to a distorted understanding of our world and history, especially regarding extraterrestrial life and its influence on humanity.

High also discusses the concept of 'hypernovelty', which he defines as a period of intense and unprecedented change. He predicts that this period will lead to a breakdown of traditional structures and beliefs, causing widespread confusion and psychological distress. He anticipates that this will be particularly challenging for those deeply entrenched in religious and authoritative structures.

The document includes predictions about increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings, particularly highlighting the potential for conflict and the need for humanity to reassess its understanding of the universe. High also emphasizes the importance of individual and collective adaptation to these changes, advocating for a more open and questioning approach to the unknown.

#ClifHigh #Symptoms #Extraterrestrials #Elohim #Anunnaki #Hypernovelty #WeatherExtremes #AlienImpact #HumanHistory #ReligiousCritique #PowerStructures #TruthSuppression #ScienceDistortion #ReligiousMisinterpretation #PsychologicalDistress #UnprecedentedChange #Adaptability #QuestioningBeliefs #EnvironmentalChallenges #SocietalImpact #AlienConflict #HistoricalDeities #ManipulativeEntities #DistortedUnderstanding #AuthorityBreakdown #CollectiveAdaptation #OpenApproach #UnknownChallenges #IncreasedVisibility #InterstellarInteraction #UniverseUnderstanding #PredictiveAnalysis #Documentary #2024 #ContemporaryIssues

Key Takeaways:
  • Clif High discusses extreme weather patterns and their impact on daily life.
  • The document critiques traditional religious beliefs, proposing extraterrestrial beings as historical deities.
  • High challenges the authenticity of power structures in suppressing truth, particularly in science and history.
  • The concept of 'hypernovelty' is introduced, predicting a period of intense, unprecedented change.
  • High foresees increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings and potential conflicts.
  • The need for individual and collective adaptation to these changes is emphasized.
  • A call for a more open and questioning approach towards the unknown and established beliefs is made.
Predictions:
  • Emergence of 'hypernovelty', leading to a breakdown of traditional structures and beliefs.
  • Increased visibility and interaction with extraterrestrial beings.
  • Psychological distress and confusion due to the challenging of long-held beliefs.
  • Conflict and reassessment of humanity's understanding of the universe.
Key Players:
  • Clif High - Author
  • Elohim - Extraterrestrial beings mentioned in the document
  • Anunnaki - Another group of extraterrestrial beings discussed
  • Bret Weinstein - Referenced individual
  • Bo Polny - Referenced individual
  • Yahweh - Deity mentioned in religious context
  • Christ - Religious figure mentioned
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Symptoms - 01-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Still January 11. Heading outbound now towards the coast. Got all my chores done.

Only one item I couldn't obtain, so that's pretty good. We have that anyway because of tourists will come on in and they'll, for whatever reason, there isn't enough stock, and the tourists will buy us all out of a particular item. But it's pretty good shopping today and got a bunch of my other chores done, so that's good. We've had to put some stuff off because of the weather. We had that terrible, terrible storm here.

105 miles an hour at snow qualmy falls pass, 70 miles an hour. In the other passes, we had 55 with gusts up over 65 at our house. Whole house is shaking. I'd had a bunch of trees taken down, so that was good. So we lost, had all the dead material removed off all the trees and just in time.

Had one fall and a bit of the fence got a ding in it, but that's okay. So not too bad, really. Fierce weather here. It's going to keep going like this for a few more days. I hear we're supposed to have a couple of inches of snow over these next couple of days.

At the coast, very unusual snow on the beach. Is just quite od. And got to get back in gear with the housing stuff next week. I had to put off a lot of work because of the weather. Right.

It's miserable out here working in the rain anyway, this kind of rain, it's being driven horizontal at a minimum. We've got continuous five, six mile an hour winds. So most of the rain will be coming down at a real acute slant and is going to be fierce to deal with. So right now, I'm having so much rain, I've got to slow down. We've got snow on the windshield.

Looks like it's going to hail. The big splatty snows, big fat guys. And so this will be a long, slow ride back to the property.

But like I say, got stuff done. Well, we got flooding on the road here. This is the last of my lowland roads, though, so pretty good. Only one flooding spot. And, man, is that some fierce hail anyway, so we can talk aliens for a while.

Them aliens are pretty pesky fuckers, right? They're still messing with us. We don't know a lot. We don't have any authority about the alien issue. We have old texts that point to the Elohim as being really nasty buggers, right?

And the Elohim, the Anunnaki, there were no good Anunnaki. Right? In spite of Kerry Cassidy thinking that. Buying into that bastardized version of the sumerian story of the Anunnaki. Which are the Elohim.

So in Hebrew, Akadian, Canaanite, which is also phoenician, Edomite, adalomite. Another language in that area. In all these languages, we have the word Eloah, right? For an individual. Elohim.

For an individual of that species. And so all these other languages discuss the Elohim. They talk about them as individuals. They have the titles for them and so on. The Jews turned them into gods, right?

The Anunnaki claimed to be gods to the Canaanites and the Akadians. But you don't really get the sense that those people really bought into that idea. We find that that's different with the Judeans. These guys were with the Judeans for a very long time. We don't know any of the particulars.

We don't have any kind of an authoritative record. We don't have any consistent record of when they came in and how they conquered us. We know some of the weapons, that kind of thing. And we're actually able to suss out a great deal of information about the Elohim. But we don't have a definitive kind of a timeline.

As to how all of this shit happened. And when we have to piece it all together. And we know that our history has been fucked over by the deep state. The Elohim worship cult, right? It's in their interest to keep everything tightly controlled.

Favoring their view of stuff, right? That there is an authority that the Jews were chosen by a God. And not just these strange space aliens, this kind of thing, right? So it's a real shock, by the way, for some of these Israelis. When you talk to them and you dispute that they're chosen people.

It's like it is so inculcated into them. That they can't fathom the world that they're not in charge because a God chose them, right? And then you get into it, and it really fries their mind. This one guy I was talking to actually spit coffee out. Because he was so exasperated by what I was saying.

It was just so disturbing to him. Anyway, though, the yellow heme are coming back. We got space aliens showing up. Got a lot of these ten foot high fellows walking around. We're seeing them in Brazil.

It may have participated to some extent in problems in Ecuador. Because of all of the villages around Quito that are being raided at night. And people abducted by these guys in tactical gear. And bear in mind, okay, these people in Ecuador, out in the villages at night, they go to a common central Wi Fi hub in the evenings, and they watch movies, right? So they watch the spanish language version of John Wick.

They watch men in black, all of this kind of shit. They know they are very astute. They're very capable of judging if it's a space alien or if it's a guy in tactical gear, all kitted up with some technology, and they're reactive to that. And now, in Ecuador, if you go and look at what's showing up online, there are discussions of how to deal with these face Peeler guys, right? Don't try and shoot the guy.

Shoot the platform he's standing on. Those are not armored, that kind of thing, right? And shotguns work best, these kind of things. And there's even a discussion, I saw where they were saying that these suits that they're wearing are not complete bodysuits. So if you've got good aim, you can take them out by shooting them in the neck where their flesh is exposed.

You can shoot at the wrist, but their ankles are covered with these weird boots that click into their hoverboards and actually, apparently, provide a guidance system through the body in terms of how to move the hoverboard. So the supposition is that what we're hearing from Ecuador is going to be replicated elsewhere, and that is that when these guys get off of the hoverboards, when they stop the things and step off of them, the hoverboards themselves will just sit there until they come back and click their boots into them. There may be a remote control. They may be able to get the hoverboard to follow them. There were a couple instances that we think that that was what was going on, but nonetheless, here we are, and these villagers in Ecuador are analyzing the technology that's besetting them and coming up with appropriate conclusions.

And it's because they've been educated by all these fucking movies. Really a funny situation.

So I was talking earlier about Bret Weinstein and his problems with talking to people other than academics that he now finds himself associating with and the distress that he's causing himself, as well as these others, by his inappropriate use of language. But that entirely stems from the framework that he operates in, which is his particular naradigm. That there is an authority in academia, is way up there in that authority structure. And he used to be in academia. Therefore, he has a prison kind of a mentality that your status is derived from what you were.

So he thinks he has a higher status than a lot of the other people in this movement. And his language betrays that, even though it is unconscious, right. He's not doing it deliberately, and it's because of his non awareness of the situation of the Wu brigades, right? The Wu army out here. And he just doesn't understand, right?

You say things like team and I really shouldn't use army, but because they both imply organized structure, and we don't have organized structure because that can be taken over by the Elohim worship cult, because these guys are really into organizations. That's how they work. They come on in and they say, oh, we need to organize, and then they take over the organization, and then you're under them. From that point on. If you don't organize or if you're in a self organizing collective, then you can say, yeah, piss off, Shlomo, we're running just fine.

You go organize your own ass. Right.

Anyway, though. So the Elohim are appearing, we're having more and more of these alien incidents. This should really escalate. Bear in mind, I pointed out all of this stuff around Christmas time that we're getting really close to meeting the neighbors. We've got a bunch of questions we need to ask though, right?

Because there are apparent battles on the moon, there's activity on the lunar surface that we can interpret based on our history as battles. It may be part of a war. Now, wars are organized by bankers, right? So battles are part of contention that will resolve themselves in a way unlike a war, which is always a negotiated settlement imposed by the banking authority when they've made enough money or they're tired of spending money on this particular activity. So wars don't end on their own.

Wars are guided to a conclusion by the bankers that are financing both sides. And that conclusion always favors the banker and neither of the participants in the war. So everybody gets fucked over by war except the bankers. Now what I'm trying to do, by the way, is to keep pointing this out, so that when we get into contention, the very first thing that all of us self organizing collective people do is we go and we fuck over the Elohim worship cult and we fuck over the banks right off the bat, so that if they do anything, if they try any kind of shit at all, they know it's going to come back on them right away, because that will be our opportunity. So the situation with the aliens and the hyper novelty is going to combine and the hypernovelty is going to exacerbate the appearance of the aliens.

And the aliens are going to further boost hyper novelty, because as soon as you got aliens walking around, then everybody can point to all of these abrahamic religions and say, yo, dude, you've been worshipping space aliens, right? There are no gods in the Bible. There's no God involved in the Old Testament or the New Testament. There's no God in Torah, right? These are all interactions between humans and space aliens.

And so we get into this situation now with the hyper novelty hitting us, where the total lack of authority is just going to fuck with all these people's heads that need that stuff to operate. So we know that if they hadn't killed them all off because of this episode we've gone through with Covid-19 that about two thirds of the population are compliant. Okay? So about two thirds of the population, whether or not they ended up taking a shot is immaterial. But about two thirds of the population are going to have a seriously hard time.

In hypernovelty, we will see episodes where non drugged up people are just like standing stock, still, unable to have their minds function enough to be able to take another step. It won't be that they're tired, it won't be any of that kind of stuff. It will be a mental condition that will arise as yet another part of the hypernovelty erodes of the naradigm that they've been operating on. And they're going to just have to work through it. Right?

That's the big part here, is that this is going to be collectively experienced, but individually experienced to the level, individually recovered. So we are not going to be able to recover the population. We're not going to be able to recover Christianity. It's going to have to go through all this shit. It's going to have to go way deep and deal with all this crap.

And it does not matter what is written in the books, okay? That's what people have to understand. I'm not debating anything in anybody's Bible, although I will debate you on that, because there's over 1000 versions of the Bible, and I've got like six or eight of them at home in various different hard format, and then there's hundreds that you can find in PDF format, and they vary widely. Many of them have two and three times the amount of text as the quote, official Bibles of know, the Geneva Bible, or the King James Version, or any of them, right? So the best versions, by the way, are the interlinear translation versions.

And there you read the actual word and what it actually means. And they have commentary on that word, why it's translated this particular way and so on. Because there are words that you could translate one way or another, depending on how you're seeing the case of that word. Because Hebrew doesn't have vowels, okay? So nobody knows how the Bible was pronounced.

So if someone were to sit down and read the Bible to you in Hebrew, you would have no fucking clue as to how it was going to be pronounced way back when. Because there were no vowels in the words, right? It's all consonants. So it's a weird kind of an experience that way. So our whole authority thing here of disappearing is going to impact all of this stuff.

As the space aliens come on out. Then you'll have more and more people that will be basically climbing onto this same boat that I'm on, right? Which is that the Elohim were nasty, abusive fuckers. And Judaism is a Stockholm syndrome that's been mistaken for a religion and a culture. And then it was just 2000 years of abuse of the Judeans.

And that's the real hard part to wrap your head around. The Jews are acting out the abuse, but their people never suffered it. There was no jew that was involved in the Middle east with the Elohim. It was all Judeans and Judahites, which are not Jews. The Jews come along, later, claim Judaism, which again, is a Stockholm syndrome that's been mistaken for a religion.

And they adopt it into a culture. And now we've got all these Hasidics running around doing Corbinot, which is ritualized crucifixion of christian children nine years or younger. That's really what they're after. And draining their blood and all this kind of shit, right? So it's an ugly situation that we've got going on here.

A lot of this, all of this stems from these fucking Elohim. We would not have this problem if we didn't have the Elohim in our past. And earth has. Humanity has a very nasty Elohim problem. And that nasty Elohim problem, according to my data sets and what we're seeing going on, which have been pretty accurate recently, that our Elohim problem is going to get very dynamic over this year, next year and so on.

And we're going to have to interact with these fuckers. And they appear to be interacting with some other party in a violent way in their lunar activities.

So now we have to start thinking about not only geopolitics but planetary politics in our solar system and who's doing what to whom and why. And we don't know any of this. It's all speculation. Anybody that says they know is full of shit. We need a collective effort to get at this stuff because we're unable to take anybody's word as authority on any of this stuff, especially as we go further into this period of hypernovelty.

And we will all even start questioning our own conclusions based on the fact that we've got these hyper novel conditions, right?

So I'm thinking that by April 3 or so, that first week in April is going to be filled with shit. I mean, we're going to have all kinds of crap going down. But the data set said that all the woo people around the planet would be really getting onto the same plane, so to speak, where we would all understand that, yeah, hypernobality is here, and we're feeling it, we're seeing it, things are happening, et cetera. Now, you're going to have a lot of the normies that are going to be resistant to hypernobalty. They will cling to authority like you would not believe, right?

Even though they've been abused by these elohim, and there's nothing but murder and sacrifice and flesh eating and blood draining and all of this kind of shit and war. And Yahweh is nothing but a murderous son of a bitch trying to create a steady stream of sacrifices to him because they eat the sacrifices, right? That's what a sacrifice is for. It's to give to the gods so that you don't have it, so that you are sacrificed, so that you are bereft of it. But what are you giving them?

Well, it's all food, it's all blood tithing, one way or another. And so we get this situation where these people, the normies, are going to seize on authority and grip it as hard as they possibly can and hold on with their fingernails and shit all the way down. So you'll have normies even after June, that will be in denial, that will be unable to cope. They'll be stock still in the middle of the road, and you just can't figure out what's going on with them because their minds will have literally seized up, unable to take another step because of the total lack of authority and because of the hyper novelty, it'll exhibit itself in all different kinds of ways. One of the great ways is collectively, is we're going to upend all of academia and say that, oh, all these guys are just stupid fuckers, and we've been played.

So Einstein was just put in place to play science. He did no science. He didn't invent anything. He didn't come up with shit. And then his buddies in the Elohim cult gave him a prize.

They called it the Nobel prize. And they gave him a prize for getting in there and fucking over our science and pushing down on Tesla. It's all connected, it's all coordinated. They can't have us have Tesla tech because there's too many of us and too few Elohim. And we'll go join.

Once we get a really good fleet of ufos and shit, we'll go join whoever the fuck is fighting the know. The enemy of my enemy is my friend, or at least he's my battle companion. So that's basically where we're moving now. We're going to start seeing more and more and more and more of these, let's say, distant or removed or not quite able to touch them, episodes of space aliens. And it's going to keep increasing and keep increasing.

This is not a project bluebeam. Space alien invasion. Project Bluebeam. The mere idea of Project Bluebeam is the Psyop. They want you to think that these things, the Elohim worship cult does not want you to ever recognize the Elohim on the planet because that degrades their ability to claim that they are chosen by God.

If you recognize that the Elohim are the, quote, gods in the Bible, and then the Elohim are walking around here, you can say, yeah, fuck that. Who gives a shit if the Elohim chose the Jews? Poor bastards. Right? But we know it's not the Jews.

It was the Judeans. But all this shit's going to come on out, it's going to really destroy Judaism. Just going to rake it over the coals, tear it apart. We're going to rip it open and say, what the fuck are you people doing here? Right?

That it is your law that everybody should go three times a year to Jerusalem. And when you go there, you're supposed to think good thoughts about boiling Christ in feces and urine and puke for thousands of years because he's the idolater that gets people to not worship the. So. Hmm. We're going to have to look at all of this shit, right?

Anyway, so those people know I'm in kind of a little fight with Bo Polny, and Bo poly is saying, oh, my God. He's saying that his God, that I need to come to his God, I need to come to some kind of an acceptance of his God in order that I might go to his God's heaven, it's like, no, bo, thank you very much. You're totally full of shit. You're worshipping an Elohim, and nothing in that book is valid. It could be all know Daniel's timeline, all of that shit can be all factual, but it is all based on space aliens and so no gods are involved.

So if you want to worship space aliens, that's fine. But if you come to me and tell me that I've got to worship your space aliens, I'm going to belt you in the mouth. I'm not going to have that shit, right. I'm not going to be put down and dominated and have an authority of a space alien put over me. And so it's like, no, dude, if you're dead set on that, one of us is going to die and it probably won't be me.

And also, I have something to tell Bo poly explicitly, I have been dead. Not an out of body experience, not a near death experience, a fucking dead experience three times. And let me tell you, Bo, there ain't no Elohim on the other side of the life death barrier. You will find none of your gods there, none of your angels. Christ is not there.

None of that shit happens the way you think it does. I'm sorry if your mind's going to explode over that, but that's just the way it is. Now, my experience, not necessarily the same as everybody else's experience when they die, but I've had that same experience three times I've been dead over the course of my 70 years. My first death experience was at age nine and a half, and my last one was at age 65. The experience has been the same.

The interpretation of it has been different because of my age at each episode, but it's the same fucking shit I went through each time. And I do not have the illusion. I didn't put any kind of a delusion on that death experience. I simply died, right? And so I didn't have any kind of a christian ethos.

I didn't see Jesus or any of that kind of shit. You will do that. You will experience some of that if you are very intently religious and so forth, but it's going to fall away within just a few seconds after death. And time doesn't exist there anyway. So anyway, we're coming up into the hypernobility.

The aliens are going to be a big part of it, and they're going to be a big part of it in multiple different ways, not only in terms of our technology and that kind of shit coming out because we're going to get alien technology. And then, as I say, the hypernovelty is going to crack open the authority of religion. The abrahamic religions are going to go into such a huge amount of turmoil, you cannot believe it. All internal, okay?

And so religions will fall apart. We'll see churches and this kind of stuff sold, probably see synagogues destroyed because of the shit that's underneath them. You may find towns that just get together and bulldoze the fucking synagogues down and start rooting around and seeing what's underneath them. Because this is not a religion. It is a cult, a murderous cult, a bloodletting, crucifying cult that is built around space aliens and space and abuse by those space aliens, which they keep acting out somehow thinking that that will save them, that there's something to be saved.

So christians think you're saved by believing in Christ, okay? Jews think you're saved by ritual acts that will appease the gods so that they'll look kindly on you. Well, the gods that they're trying to do this for are these Elohim bastards who are really ugly, ugly, murderous beings who have nothing good at all for humans. And so they want you to be anti human in order to have favor in their eyes. Crap, that stalker guy is on me.

So we'll see if he's going to hassle me when I come on up here to my stop. Anyway, though, the way it's all going to unfold, we can predict to some little tiny bit, but the individual particulars are going to be just so outrageous. We would never have said, oh, jeez, this is going to happen as a result of hyper novelty. We're just not able to do that because we've never been in a hypernovel situation before. We've never lived in a world without the Elohim as the ultimate authority.

And that's, of course, that's been imposed by these abrahamic religions, which take over, what, at least two thirds, maybe two thirds of the population of the planet? No, maybe like three, seven, something like that, are bound up in the abrahamic religions. And so those are the guys that are going to really have to go through some shit here as we get into our hyper novelty period, and they end up digging into their religion to see what the fuck it's all based on, and then they'll find out. They won't like it. There you go.

Fuck you. The stalker was too tight on my tail. I turned too quick. There were cars behind him. He had to keep going straight.

So I'm in. I don't have to deal with a fucker.

And I've got security systems all the helling on here. So I've got it all recorded. And I can prove that he tried to do something first. And that's how he ended up dead anyway. So there we go, guys.

Back. Now I got to go and do chores here. Just a weird day with all the storms and stuff. And then we're supposed to get the snow and I'll do some work. Yeah, okay, so I'll do some work later.

All right. Anyway, guys, hyper novelty is coming. Space aliens are here. And you're going to see more and more of them as we go forward into the hyper novelty. And just watch out for all the people that are going to freak out if you see them standing in the middle of the road.

Maybe help them off to the side. Probably wouldn't be able to do much more for them. But take it easy, guys.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking – 01-05-2024

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

Episode Summary:

In the document titled "Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking," the author, Supsicious Observer, delves into the puzzling inclusion of Stephen Hawking in the infamous Epstein list. The document begins by establishing the known fact of Hawking’s presence at Epstein Island and questions the motive behind Epstein's need to control the renowned physicist. The primary theory revolves around Hawking's knowledge and his potential influence on critical subjects such as God, the universe, energy, and Earth's disaster cycle.

Hawking was known for his public warnings about impending global catastrophes, ranging from asteroid impacts to overpopulation. Initially, his concerns included Earth's magnetic field and solar influence, but after his association with Epstein, his public discourse shifted more towards mainstream concerns like climate change and overpopulation. The document implies that this shift could have been a result of Epstein's influence, suggesting that Hawking's original focus might have been suppressed or redirected.

The document also touches upon Hawking's earlier work on energy, suggesting his ideas were akin to the modern proponents of free energy. It critically views his support for theories like black holes, dark matter, and the Big Bang, pointing out a growing body of evidence against these mainstream scientific beliefs. This leads to the insinuation that there are alternative, more accurate scientific explanations about the universe's energy and structure, potentially hinting at suppressed knowledge of free energy and the true nature of the universe.

The author discusses how governments have invested billions into research, especially in the pursuit of dark matter, through instruments like large colliders. They suggest that insiders like Dr. Anthony Perat have indicated that the establishments are already aware of the futility of these searches, implying a possible alternative purpose for these colliders, such as acting as a form of Stargate or portal to other dimensions.

Towards the end of the document, the author contends that Hawking was in a unique position to reveal truths about various controversial and suppressed topics, including Earth's disaster cycle, free energy, and the universe's real history and structure. The suggestion is that controlling Hawking was a means for certain powers to maintain the status quo and keep these potentially revolutionary and disruptive truths under wraps.

The document concludes by challenging readers to provide alternative explanations for Hawking's involvement with Epstein Island, emphasizing the need for skepticism and critical thinking about the official narratives surrounding these figures and events.

Steven Hawkings liked to watch naked small women solve complex problems on chalkboard that were too high according to transcripts

#Epstein #EpsteinIsland #StephenHawking #Blackmail #Universe #DisasterCycle #Energy #FreeEnergy #ClimateChange #Overpopulation #BlackHoles #DarkMatter #BigBangTheory #SuppressedKnowledge #Stargate #Portals #AlternativeDimensions #Colliders #GovernmentConspiracies #InsiderInformation #DrAnthonyPerat #MainstreamScience #Astrophysics #Catastrophes #Asteroids #MagneticField #SolarInfluence #EarthHistory #TruthSuppression #GlobalCatastrophe #PublicDiscourse #ScientificTheories #CriticalThinking #RevolutionaryIdeas #SupsiciousObserver #DailyShow

Key Takeaways:
  • Epstein's list puzzlingly included Stephen Hawking, implying a motive beyond mere association.
  • Hawking's discourse shifted significantly after his involvement with Epstein, particularly regarding global catastrophes and energy.
  • The document suggests suppressed knowledge in mainstream scientific theories like black holes, dark matter, and the Big Bang.
  • Governments might be aware of the futility of certain scientific pursuits and are possibly hiding alternative, more accurate explanations of the universe.
  • Hawking was potentially a gatekeeper of revolutionary knowledge, with his control being a method to maintain the status quo.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Why Did Epstein Need To Blackmail Stephen Hawking - 01-05-2024

With the Epstein list coming out and more document dumps expected, there is one name that doesn't seem to make sense. Among the others, Stephen Hawking. Now that it is a fact that he was there at Epstein island and some of his proclivities are being released, we can discuss it. We know Epstein's primary goal was to get dirt on powerful people and then blackmail them so the businesses and politicians make sense. But why the famous physicist?

You can't just say, oh, he was famous. So he went. It wouldn't waste time and resources if there wasn't a reason, a need to control hawking like they controlled the politicians. The answer probably has to do with God, the universe, energy, and the earth disaster cycle. Let's take that list in reverse.

Stephen Hawking mentioned many times that Earth was due for a major catastrophe, even the fact that it was overdue. He touched on asteroids, climate change and overpopulation in his later years. But his earliest mentions of it were discussions of Earth's magnetic field and the sun, in addition to those other topics. All of that changed about a decade ago, when he became far more focused on the mainstream discussion points of climate change and overpopulation. This was also the years that followed his visits to Epstein Island.

Hawking had written several things earlier in his career on energy production as well. The kinds of things that I see shades of in more recent proponents of free energy. But perhaps most importantly was his propping up of black holes dark matter in the big Bang theory. While it is still ignored by mainstream scientists, there's been an unbelievable amount of information that has come out suggesting that black holes aren't what we think they are, that dark matter isn't real, and that the universe is full of an ambient energy not too different from the ether, other than computational figures and physical characteristics. We made a full movie about this just a couple of years ago.

Governments have funneled tens of billions of dollars into these searches, especially for dark matter, with things like the large colliders. But according to insider Dr. Anthony Perat, they already knew full well it's nonsense. This was from their test several decades ago. Now, this is where things get very strange, because there's a lot of evidence that these colliders are actually something close to a stargate, types of portals, but not necessarily to other stars, the two alternative dimensions coexisting on other planes.

Outside of what we largely believe is reality, Hawking was in a position to eventually spill the beans on Earth's disaster cycle, free energy and the real makeup of the universe and its history, including how we got here. We've been discussing the science. We've shown the evidence of the COVID ups and even shown the evidence that some of the key voices in these sciences today are bought and paid for. If. If any of you have a better explanation for Hawking being at Epstein island, their need to control him, I would love to hear it.

But don't just say it was a random visit and there was no goal behind it. You should know better by now. I'll see you in the morning for the Daily show. Be safe, everyone.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Speculation Vs Investment – 01-03-2023

Speculation Vs Investment - 01-03-2023

Speculation Vs Investment - 01-03-2023

Episode Summary:

The document "Speculation Vs Investment" by Clif High, published on January 3, 2024, delves into the intricacies of fiat and hard currencies and their impact on economic cycles and individual financial strategies. High discusses the emerging trend of hard currencies, notably the BRICS currencies backed by physical resources, marking a departure from purely fiat systems. He outlines China's strategy of gold accumulation and distribution among its populace, preparing for a future where gold and possibly other hard assets play a central role in economic transactions.

High discusses the inherent instability of fiat economies, characterized by speculative boom and bust cycles fueled by emotional investments and low-cost currency printing. He contrasts this with hard currency economies, where investments are more tangible and grounded in real value, leading to more stable and sustained economic growth. He also highlights the technological and economic shifts, including the rise of cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, which both demonstrate and catalyze the movement towards more secure and value-based financial systems.

High further analyzes the concept of speculation versus investment, emphasizing that in a fiat system, most activities are speculative due to the emotional and transient nature of value. In contrast, a sound money economy fosters true investment, where value is derived from the actual performance and utility of assets. He explores the potential future scenarios, including a significant shift towards sound money systems and the implications of such a transition for global economies and individual financial strategies.

Throughout the document, High provides a detailed narrative of economic history, present conditions, and future predictions, intertwining his personal experiences and broader economic theories. He offers a critical perspective on current economic practices and advocates for a more stable, value-oriented approach to currency and investment.

#Speculation #Investment #FiatCurrencies #HardCurrencies #EconomicCycles #BoomBust #GoldStandard #BRICSCurrencies #ChinaGold #Inflation #Deflation #Bitcoin #Cryptocurrencies #SoundMoney #ValueBased #Investing #WealthTransfer #FinancialSystems #CurrencyBacked #ResourceEconomy #MonetaryPolicy #EconomicStability #Hyperinflation #PreciousMetals #Silver #MarketEmotions #SpeculativeInvesting #EconomicHistory #FuturePredictions #ValueInvestment #GlobalEconomy #FinancialStrategy #EconomicShift #AssetManagement #FiatInstability

Key Takeaways:
  • Fiat vs Hard Currency: Detailed analysis of the unstable nature of fiat currencies and the shift towards more stable, resource-backed hard currencies.
  • Economic Cycles: Exploration of boom and bust cycles in fiat economies, driven by speculative investments.
  • China's Gold Strategy: Insight into China's approach to distributing gold among its populace to prepare for a hard currency future.
  • Investment Philosophy: Contrast between speculation in fiat economies and true investment in sound money economies.
  • Cryptocurrencies: Discussion on the role and potential of cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin in future economic systems.
  • Predictions and Warnings: Warnings about the dire consequences of not transitioning to sound economic systems and predictions about the movement towards resource-backed currencies.
Predictions:
  • Reemergence of Hard Currencies: Hard currencies, particularly those backed by BRICS nations, will gain prominence.
  • China's Economic Strategy: China will successfully distribute gold, fostering a population of gold-savvy citizens ready for hard currency.
  • Shift in Investment Strategies: A global shift from speculative investment to value-based investment will occur, dramatically changing personal finance and wealth accumulation strategies.
  • Technological and Economic Shift: Cryptocurrencies and other technological advancements will play a crucial role in the transition to a sound money economy.
  • Global Economic Transformation: The transition to sound money economies will have profound global economic impacts, requiring adaptation and consideration of new financial paradigms.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Speculation Vs Investment - 01-03-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans.

Some early in the morning, a few minutes after eight, starting to rush into town. I'm running a little bit late here, and I've got a. Got to go get blood drawn. Have an appointment for that.

As you're an old guy, you got all these medical things, right? Mostly I don't fuck with doctors at all. So I have a concierge doctor and I'm just doing monitoring, right, because I've had the cancer and so on. So I want to keep track of what the hell is going on inside my body in an objective fashion of actual reports of what's going on, blood wise and so on. So anyway, I got to get in and get that done.

I'm running a little bit late. I was doing some organization and planning and getting things going for the house remodel for the house extension. And that cut into my time. I just sort of lost track of what was going on. Now I got to beat feet and get it in there anyway, though.

Crap. Shit. Okay. Giant road blockages here. Oh, they're hauling material down to the beach.

Bunch of the four of the dump trucks with the pups on the back.

Anyway, so I wanted to talk about some of the non considered. So people just don't think about it. Effects of the difference between fiat currency and hard currency. And I want to talk about it because we're going to be coming up to a point of a reemergence of hard currency. In fact, it is reemerging now in the form of the BRICS currencies, okay?

Because the BRICS currencies are going to, even though they're fiat, they're being backed by resources from those countries, okay?

And we know that we're on the move to a hard resource backed currency from literally, literally millions of little indicators, right? But there's a bunch of giant big ones. One of the big ones is that China, the government of the country, is buying gold and silver as fast as it is able to obtain it without altering prices. And on top of that, they are facilitating, not just allowing, but they're actually facilitating the introduction of gold and silver, less silver, but more gold, through their population in as wide a possible manner. So in the past, it would be rich people.

So in a fiat currency, rich people would buy and hoard gold for the long term capital gains as the fiat currencies inflate their way to worthlessness. And so you just see a lot of the rich guys have gold, right? China is not taking that approach. China has come up with this. Beans, gold beans, like they're the size of a small red bean, right?

So we're talking little tiny droplets, so to speak, of gold. They're not formed, they're not flattened, they're not made into little coins. They're just left as a bean, a bean of gold. And so all of the kids in China, they know this shit's coming. They see what their government's doing, they're suffering under the oppression of it, and they're dealing with all of the problems of a very poorly managed global fiat currency scheme.

And so they know what's coming. They're not stupid. And they're buying these little gold beans as fast as they can accumulate wan. And then they'll go and buy another little bean and they're starting to stash it, right? And so China, in terms of the population, China pop is becoming gold bugs, gold hoarders, and pretty soon they'll be using gold for transactions.

Actually, it's already happening now in an unofficial capacity. The scheme that is thought that China is working on is that it wouldn't be a gold back, it would not be convertible, so you wouldn't be able to take the fiat currency and convert it into gold, but there would be an official structure for gold used as currency. So they would be able to say to you, you'd be able to dial in, so to speak, the daily price in won or whatever currency of that little gold bean that you've bought. And so you'd be able to know in a relatively objective fashion, what it was worth in the economy in terms of its trading value for goods, right? Very much like the fiats that we have now, where they put so many fiat numbers on a price of a good in a store.

So here you would go on in and it would say, okay, these big bags of rice and all of this other stuff here would be equal to one gold bean. And so you would have it that way as opposed to having each item so they may be marked with their fractional cost in gold beans. Right. So I don't know how we're actually going to end up doing the signage aspect of the transformation to a hard money economy, but we're heading there now. Now this comes up for a lot of different reasons.

Right? So here's the thing we have now bull runs. So we have booms and busts in a fiat economy. It can only always be this way. You'll always have booms and busts within an economy that is based on fiat currency, which is printed for extremely low cost and then supposedly is valuable just because of its creation.

Now, what we're coming into is a hard money system. And you don't have speculative boom and bust cycles, because that's all it is. All right? So the boom and bust cycles are entirely emotional driven events. There's maybe a core of rationality at the beginning of it, like, oh, hey, look, this bitcoin stuff is pretty cool.

It can't be lost. I mean, you can lose it, you can lose the wallet, but I mean, it can't be stolen. It's on the blockchain, so you know that it's there. You can access it from all over the planet. These are good things to have.

There is only going to be 21 million of them. So it's a restricted supply, so it can't be inflated artificially, unlike ripple and all these other fuckers, the XRP and such. And so bitcoin is a good thing. So there is that understanding at a solid level that there is an objective reality to the operation and use of the bitcoin, right? And then thereafter, it's an emotional thing.

You get an emotional attachment to a particular view of the world unfolding around you, and you get an emotional attachment that says that, oh, as the fiat currency continues to inflate itself, continues to create more and more and more and more and more and more and more, then the bitcoin will be worth more in those digits. And if I need to convert to those digits, I will have shitloads of them, right? I'll just have buckets of the fuckers, which I don't have at the moment. The same thing is true with gold or silver. If you bought gold and silver.

And then we get into another one of these boom and bust cycles, this would happen as the currency hyperinflates itself, right? Which it is hyperinflating now, okay? So when Nixon took us off the gold standard in 1971, there was not a billion dollars in circulation. So just think about that. There were no billionaires.

There were millionaires that had managed to accumulate wealth, but there were no billionaires. Then we get into 100% fiat currency in 1971, and now we're scaling to where our debt for the nation requires interest payments of a trillion dollars a year, okay? And it's scaling up two years from now. So the projection is that if at the end of the Biden regime here and swearing in of Trump in 2025, we would have close to a $2 trillion annual debt payment. And we can't make that.

We won't make it that far. Okay? So we're at the extreme limit of the ability of the system to hold itself together. That's why they're trying to get us into this central bank digital currency scheme where they think they've got the problems worked out in terms of how could they sustain it. Right?

I won't go into all of the reasons that they think they can sustain a CBDC where they can't sustain fiat currency. No, fiat currency has survived more than 75 years from its introduction. And no, the United States didn't have fiat currency until 1971, when it was no longer backed by anything because it had been backed by gold. If you were a foreigner, and I know american citizens that were outside the country, that participated in that through the banking arrangements that they had, where they were converting american dollars into gold in 1971, before they shut the window, these were the gold speculators that temporarily caused us to get off of the gold window. Yeah, a bunch of horseshit.

It's permanent. They've got to go fiat. It's the death of the fiat, blah, blah, blah. So here's the thing. We have had boom cycles in sound money economies, okay?

So we've had boom cycles when we were working on a gold and silver based sound money economy. Those boom cycles are not bull runs. Okay? So they're not an investment. Okay, let's be clear in the language then.

So when you have fiat currency, there's no such thing as investment. There's only speculation. So you're speculating that there will be an emotional response to a particular level of assets that will incentivize people with that emotional attachment to put their fiat currency into that asset, and it has no relation to the underlying value of that asset. In an overall general scheme, it is entirely an emotional response. That's why we get these huge bull runs that scale the way the fuck up and then crash.

Okay? It has to do with the amount of fiat currency available, how fast they're creating it, and where the emotions are running.

In a sound money economy, we have booms, but those booms occur because we have new sources of gold or something else that gooses the economy. And so if you had a gold based economy and you could go on out here in the west and go to a stream and pan gold, then you are basically converting your daily calories of energy into directly working for gold without doing it in a stepped fashion. So one guy might use his energy to go out and spend eight or 9 hours speculating that he can get gold out of a stream, whereas another guy said, that's too much risk or whatever. So I'm going to use my eight or 9 hours today, and I'm going to go and hammer nails in two x fours and get gold in exchange. Now, the amount of gold I'm going to get is fixed because it's being paid out on a per hour basis sort of thing.

Unlike the guy who goes and speculates by putting his feet in the stream and kicking up the dirt and then getting some and seeing if he's got any gold in it, right? Okay, so in a sound money economy, you can have booms. And this would be where a bunch of people go out and they discover a bunch of gold. And now you've got more money in circulation because they've introduced it by discovering it, right? And getting it in there.

It would be in a raw form. It would have costs to become a coin and become actual money. But those costs are trivial relative to the continual store of value that is represented by the gold. Now, the other form of things for booms we've seen, I think it was like in the 1870s. We'll take it up from the 1880s.

Okay, so from the 1880s, we had a couple of booms. These booms were related to gold supplies in the west, out here in Alaska and California, coming online and being mined and so on. Right? Now, in a sound money economy, you can have fantastic deflation, right? Because if we discovered a giant mountain of gold that you can just scrape two inches of dirt off the mountain and hack out a big chunk, then the amount of effort to get the gold relative to the rest of the currency deflates the purchasing power of the rest of that gold, just because there's so much of this shit.

So it's truly a supply and demand kind of a thing, right? It is scarcity that creates value under those circumstances. If gold is not scarce, then we're looking at an entirely different level of valuation for it. All right? Now, there are other things that will create booms in a sound money economy.

And some of them are like in the 1880s, we had an invention period where people were making inventions. Bear in mind, that was a couple of hundred years after the end of the Kali yuga. We're thinking better. We're getting more thoughts in our heads. We're able to speculate and put it all together.

So we started inventing shit. And so the all aluminum electric car was invented in 1889. It took them, I think, about 14 years to really start producing them. But nonetheless, we started having all of these inventions. And then along comes Henry Ford, and he invents on the process of inventing to create the assembly line, and that creates.

So all of these inventions introduced new sources of value into the sound money economy. And those new sources of value brought booms in that economy as we were able to do things. All of this is energy related people. So it was much better energy to be able to put a gallon of this fluid into your car and go 500 miles or on a tank than having to stoke your horse up with hay. Take the three days or four days to get the 500 miles, however much it would take, probably be more like ten or twelve, et cetera.

Right? So it was the ability to do things faster with less dense forms of energy that propels forward those booms. And then when Henry Ford came on, even though we were starting to work with a dual economy where we had a fiat in circulation, but we were still on sound money because the fiat could be converted at any bank. So if you had $20 in fiat, you could get a $20 gold piece anyway. So Ford creates the assembly line and all of that.

We have another boom period. And so it was that boom period, not so much the fiat currency, but that boom period that created the 1920s thing here in the US, because Ford was bringing on all of the manufacturing. We were industrializing at that stage and altering our lives through the use of energy. Now, bear in mind, we've always known about this. So in those 18 hundreds, in the 18 hundreds where you see the people that are on the trains just shooting the buffalo, right?

Just shooting buffalo out in the planes. Just shooting and shooting. They were paid to do that by the american government, because the american government wanted to deprive the millions of Indians of their source of energy. They got their energy out of the buffalo, not only eating the buffalo, not only the buffalo hides, but also the buffalo fat. And so that was the source of their energy in their economy.

We were using coal, okay? So a denser form of energy, and they wanted to take over the country and get rid of all the Indians. And so they killed, like, 1.5 million buffalo in extremely short period of time. Like, maybe it was just a year and totally collapsed the economy of the native tribes. And it started the long, great suffering for these people, right?

And a mass die off. Millions died. Millions died, maybe tens of millions. There's estimates that are just. There were people that were saying there were 60 million Native Americans on this continent when the white people came from Spain, right?

When the Christians showed up. So there were millions that died in this process. And it was ethnic cleansing, as are all immigrations, as are all invasions, and that's what's going on now is America is being ethnically cleansed, top to bottom at the instructions of the mother wefers. Now it's my. Okay, so getting back to the boom and bust stuff here.

So, in a sound money economy, you don't have bull runs and you don't have crashes, you don't have market crashes other than through speculation at any given time. Even in a sound money economy, you can get conditions that will cause a crash in a particular stock as it becomes understood that it's not really a sound investment, that it was all hype or whatever. Right?

But the thing is here that I have to pay attention to driving. Okay, so in the sound money economy, an investment is not a speculation. Yes. An individual is speculating that this particular company is going to be sound and will return his money with some level of profit, but there is no expectation under those circumstances of having the underlying asset, the share of stock, which they would print out the paper and say, you had this and so on. It was an actual legal contract, unlike now.

But the share of stock would not escalate in value simply because of printing of money, which is what's going on with our stock market now. There has to be someplace for this money to go. And so they shovel it into these fake assets, and the rehypothecation, et cetera, et cetera. The rehypothecation is where they sell the same share of stock to hundreds and hundreds, thousands of people because they know they're not all going to want, or they're hoping that they don't all want to sell it at the same time, and thus they're never going to get caught at this game. That's coming to a point here where they will get caught at it as we get into the crack up boom, because in the crack up boom, the price of all the asset, all the fake paper assets, all the fiat driven bull run stuff, will scale way the fuck up, and then everybody will try and get out at the same time, and nobody will be able to get out, and so no one will be able to recover.

Well, maybe the first few people that at that early part of that wave, they'll get some portion of their fiat return to them, but it'll still be fiat, and the fiat itself will be crashing at that point anyway. So in the sound economy, we have investments, not speculation. In fiat money, you have speculation. So there's no point really in looking for soundness in an underlying company or whatever that you might buy stock in during a fiat money time. Rather, you should be a much more effective personal strategy would be to try and suss out where the emotions are going on these stocks.

And that was my original goal back in 2000 when I'd come across this. I'd started working on it in the. Had my webbot stuff going, and I was actually looking for being able to trade, so to speak, to have an edge in trading where I would know where the emotions were going relative to speculations. And thus I could get there ahead of time and sell ahead of time. Right?

So I'd beat the hordes, and so I would accumulate just because of basically the inflation of the money, would inflate the relative value, the nominal notional value of the asset I am purchasing or the speculation I'm purchasing, because it's not an asset. I don't actually own a share of stock. If I buy that on Wall street, they will do everything they can to not ever send you a share of stock, try and convince you in any number of ways not to do that, because then it's outside their control, they can't resell it, blah, blah, blah. Anyway, so the.

The ability to make a profit in a sound money economy is entirely different than in a fiat economy. And so this is all brought to a head by my buddy Joe's dream, right? So Joe had the dream. The dream showed him that he's interpreted it this way. The dream showed him that at 38,000, he should sell off all of his cryptos, because there was going to be a giant crash in all assets, not just cryptos, but gold and silver, et cetera, shortly thereafter.

Now, he had his dream. He sold at 38,000, and he has had a crash. Okay? It was not the crash of the cryptos or any of that. It was not this huge, devastating crash where silver would go from whatever, currently at something around 20, down to $6 or eight.

I don't remember the actual particulars, but it was a big amount of fiat currency numbers relative to gold and silver. So they would drop to less than a quarter of their value, current notional value. And so, in my opinion, the only way that that can happen is that we revert to a sound money economy. And I could see silver costing $6 an ounce in a sound money economy, right, where the money was basically gold and silver, or was a basket of resources, but nonetheless, the money itself would be much more valuable than our current fiat under those circumstances. I can see Joe's prices, but here's the problem with that.

If that were to occur, then Joe's dream is useless. The reason it's useless is because it would do him no good to buy any of these assets at that point. Why buy silver at $6 and hoard it, or gold, for that matter, or bitcoin, on those kind of sound money economies, because there will be no speculative inflation of the numbers within those assets. So in a sound money economy, silver might stay $6, nominally $6, for fucking decades, as has happened in the past. So an ounce of gold was $20 here in the US long before the Fed came in.

So an ounce of gold was $20 basically from 1812 to 1912. And actually it was even more than that. I mean, it was down to 1920 when they started creeping up on the value of gold relative to the fiat. It took them a number of years to start fucking over the system. So during that 100 year period of time, there was maybe a three or 4% increase in the overall amount of money available due to new gold supplies.

Because bear in mind, you got to get people up there, you got to harvest the gold and all of this kind of stuff, so there's real energy put out for it. And so we had maybe over 100 years, three or 4% inflation. Totally. Maybe it's not even that big. I'd have to go and actually look at the numbers.

But that's what we can expect with a sound money economy. So why buy those assets at that kind of an economy? People will buy those simply because they're going to be all freaked out about the death of the fiat, and they'll remember the death of the fiat. They'll not only be freaked out about it, they'll be living with it for 30, 40 years as the ripples go through the social order. And so they'll want to hoard gold and silver, but it won't be appreciating in value, it'll just not be falling in value.

I got to chug some coffee here for the blood work.

It's not the best fluid for getting blood out of you, but it does give you a little bit of hydration. Anyway, I've got some water here and I'll chug some of that as I head in.

Anyway, in my sense, my understanding, Joe had a prophetic dream. It was accurate. We hit the 38,000 and damn, did he have a crash. Right? It was not the crash of the system.

And as I pointed out, I've been fighting with Joe for a long time because he's got, in my opinion, he's hardened an emotional attitude about his interpretation of the dream, not about the dream, which I don't disagree with him. Right? I don't disagree with him that the dream was prophetic. I'm just saying that his interpretation of it is really fucked and he's going to fuck himself over by selling and then not getting back in. So my expectation is that there's going to be a giant wealth transfer in the form of the failure of the fiat, and we'll go through the crack up boom.

And at that stage we might really see 100,000, 150,000, $200,000 bitcoin. It could scale to fantastically huge numbers, but it's the currency that's worthless, not the bitcoin being worth more. There is an emotional attachment to it. Yeah. More people would want it, so it would have some extra value that way, but it's really the deterioration of the currency that's driving it all.

And so in my way of thinking, Joe has got an attachment to the. He's fixated his emotions on his interpretation, not on the dream itself.

And so I think he'll be wrong. I'm hoping and I'm praying that he's wrong, okay. That there is no giant crash. And he should pray that as well, because if there was a giant crash, he wouldn't recover. He could buy all these assets he wanted, but they're not going back up because we would have swapped over to a sound money system in that process, and there wouldn't be this level of recovery.

There's going to be chaos. There's going to be some level of speculation in assets during this frothy period of time, but it'll all settle out and go back to the investment cycle. In the investment cycle, you choose, based on hard analysis of what a company is doing or what some kind of an asset is doing, and then you invest on that and your return comes from them actually performing. So you could pick a company that says, well, we've got a good flying car here, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah, invest with us, and they could crap out because they could be a bunch of fucktards and not be doing the flying car thing well. Whereas some other car company could do a flying car thing well.

And if you invested in that, that company would be worth more because they would be on the invention edge. So now we're coming up in 2024 through to fuck, no. Maybe, who knows? Not even going to speculate on that. But for decades, we're coming up into a huge invention cycle that is going to just totally floor everybody.

Now, of course, now they're going to release a lot of the secret technology that's been reverse engineered from space aliens, blah, blah, blah. And so we're going to have all of that kind of stuff impacting us, and we will do it in a sound money economy. So it's going to be the best of all possible worlds.

It's going to be huge. The sound money economy itself, even if we didn't have the invention cycle, the sound money economy itself, is going to fuck over Joe's idea of speculative investment yielding results, okay? Because it's just not going to happen because we won't have the fiat and the underlying dynamic that causes speculation. Speculation. So there were speculative booms, and there are speculative booms in a sound money economy, right?

They're not bull runs and they're not crashes. We don't have those. But booms do occur, and then they gradually fade away in the process of those booms. So you could buy way back before we went 100% fiat, so before 1971. And really, I'm talking about in the early 19 hundreds up through, say, 1930s, if you bought into Henry Ford's operation, you would have been rewarded, even if we had never gone full fiat, simply because there was a demand for these machines that Ford's plants were producing.

And so the company was more valuable. They hired more employees, they had more of the species, the currency flowing through their hands, so they could get more of it to stick to them. And so that was how the mechanism worked. And you'd end up with more value because you had bought the stock at the appropriate time. But it was not due to a flood of speculators getting an emotional hard on about it later.

It was people that were hard headed analysts that are saying, yeah, these cars sell. This company has got a good management program, yada, yada, yada. And so we get into return on investment. So in a sound money economy, you have return on investment. Here we have return on speculation.

And that's all it is, is to be able to emotionally front run this. And we can see how powerful these emotions are. And once one of these emotions sticks in your head, it's really difficult to get it shed right. And so this is basically, we're coming up to a period of time here in this year in which we will see one of these scenarios go forward. Either Joe's mega crash will happen, and hundreds, perhaps billions of people will die.

Okay? So bear in mind, if Joe's crash were to happen and we had $6 silver and we had all the cryptos crash, and he's talking about, I don't know what it would be but maybe bitcoin comes down to a couple of thousand or 600 or something like that. I don't remember the numbers that he had said in his dream. Right. Just that everything was way the fuck down at that level of about $6 silver.

Taking that as our metric and using today's fiat prices and just assuming that we're staying in fiat, okay, just assuming that we don't go to a sound money currency as a result of the crash or in the process of the crash, but we were theoretically going to recover in fiat currency. Still, still use the fiat fern dollar, if that were the case, then at that level, $6 silver, we're looking at less than $30 for a barrel of oil. And nobody makes money at $30 for a barrel of oil, and they won't even bother. So it costs us a dollar per 40 gallon barrel to lift oil out of the ground in Saudi Arabia, which has one of the cheapest lift costs anywhere on the planet. Then it costs us $4 a barrel to deliver that 40 gallon barrel anywhere else around the planet, right.

Just the transport costs. And so we've got $5 involved in there. Refining costs, et cetera, et cetera. And the handling of the, what do they call it? The inline transport to the ships.

From the ships to tanker trucks. From tanker trucks. The investment in that infrastructure eats up a bunch of money. So at about $30 a barrel, if we had a sound money economy, you could still maybe get people to do oil, right, to go and do all of the oil. But in a fiat economy, they're not going to bother because they can't make more fiat doing it.

They can't recover their costs. So instantly, everybody would stop producing oil. There would be no more goods shipment. All of the grocery stores would dry up. You wouldn't have any gas refined or diesel refined unless it was done at the point of a gun, basically being mandated by the government with military behind it saying, get that refinery working, get those trucks filled, get them out there to the gas stations, right?

Because there would be no economic incentive to do it, so they'd have to do it some other way. So you're talking about a really mad max kind of a situation relative to the prices that Joe's talking about in his dream. So I'm going to barely make it in time here anyway. So under those circumstances, billions of people would die because there wouldn't be any food shipments and there wouldn't be medicine, and we'd see all the children and all the at risk people would die really quick because there would be absolutely no fucking support, right? No one would go and take care of the elderly because they weren't being paid for it and there was no food there to feed them.

And the elderly are pain in the ass in the nursing homes anyway, and there wouldn't be medicines for them and everybody would be suffering greatly. And so this is the vision that would be produced should we have a situation of the prices that Joe's talking about in this crash. So I hope he's not right, because I don't want to die in that kind of a world. I don't want to go into that kind of a mad Max world. It's bad enough with what we got now we're at this period of time and all this shit's coming unglued, and you can really see where people's minds are and who's controlled and all of this sort of thing if you really look at it.

Anyway, so our situation here this year, I think, will mark this transition. How many years the transition will take, I don't know. It's just going to depend on how long it takes to start actually creating a sound money economy. Once we start creating that and speculation disappears, or it'll take maybe a year for speculation to go away just because we've been habituated to it emotionally for all these.

So basically that's my problem with Joe's vision, is that it kills us all off. And even he does not under. I don't think he grasps that. If his vision is accurate, if his interpretation is accurate, and there is going to be this giant crash of assets there, that if that is the case, then he's in a world of hurt. He's fucked over as well.

So like I say, I just don't think he grasped that. People don't understand. Well, he's a kid, he's under 50, so nobody's ever lived in a hard money economy. I actually have, because we spent time, because in Europe we'd go travel around to various different countries that were hard money economies at those times with communism and so on. Anyway, guys, I got to go and do this, so I will pick this up later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


SciFi World – 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Episode Summary:

The PDF document titled "SciFi World" by Clif High, published on January 3, 2024, provides a comprehensive perspective on the author's vision of a future dominated by the decline of current societal structures and the emergence of a new era characterized by hyper novelty and the end of authoritative control. The author critiques the American empire's trajectory, likening its rise and fall to the British Empire, and points out the failures of the Federal Reserve and fiat currency system, which he claims are leading to the death of the American empire. As the fiat currency fails and people struggle to meet basic needs, he anticipates a societal upheaval and a revolutionary shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of the current financial and political systems. This shift is described as moving into a "Sci-Fi world," where hyper novelty allows for continuous and unrestricted innovation and transformation. The author predicts that this transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money, real investment, and a flourish of new inventions and technologies.

#SciFiWorld #ClifHigh #AmericanEmpire #FiatCurrency #HyperNovelty #Innovation #SocietalShift #Revolution #CentralBanks #FederalReserve #CurrencyFailure #Inflation #NewEra #SoundMoney #Investment #AuthorityCollapse #TechnologicalBoom #FuturePredictions #PoliticalChange #EconomicReform #Disruption #Chaos #Transformation #Survival #RevolutionaryThinking #CryptoFuture #Decentralization #Empowerment #GrassrootsMovement #FinancialFreedom #SocialOrder #NormieReactions #AuthorityDeath #VisionaryInsight #GlobalChange

Key Takeaways:
  • The decline of the American empire and fiat currency system is imminent.
  • A new era of hyper novelty will emerge, characterized by unrestricted innovation and transformation.
  • The transition period will be tumultuous and chaotic but ultimately lead to a more positive future with sound money and real investment.
  • Societal upheaval and revolution are anticipated as people struggle to meet basic needs due to the failing currency.
  • The author envisions a flourishing of new inventions and technologies in this new era.
Predictions:
  • The American empire will collapse due to the failures of the fiat currency system.
  • A societal shift towards a new way of living and thinking, free from the constraints of current financial and political systems, will occur.
  • Sound money and real investment will replace speculative money placement.
  • A period of vast numbers of new inventions and technological advancements will emerge.
  • The transition will be recognized by even those who are currently oblivious to the changing times.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

SciFi World - 01-03-2023

Hello, humans. Hello, humans. Damn, it's noon. Long day.

Heading outbound now. Got all my chores done, met with everybody, did all of the necessary stuff, and heading out to do more damn work. Got people meeting me in about an hour or so at my place to talk about the extension I'm putting on and the work I need to get done there anyway, though, so I wanted to talk for a few minutes about Sci-Fi world, and really, it's the death of the american empire. Most kids don't know it, but America was never supposed to be an empire, right? We rebelled against the british empire and came on over here because we didn't want anything to do with their way of organizing things.

And then we end up replicating them. They infiltrated us in the 18 hundreds. They tried to put in two central banks. We threw those out. And then eventually they were able to work their way in and put in another central bank and seize control.

In 1913, it actually started. In the 1890s, they started a big push for the blackmail and the murder and this kind of thing. It's amazing how many people have been murdered in order to bring in the Federal reserve. Not merely the people that were killed on the Titanic, but a long string of people that were standing in their way, starting about. Actually, it was like, I think one of the first that I've identified is in, like, 1889, this particular banker in New York that was making waves about no central bank.

Anyway, so as we move into Sci-Fi world, we will also. Okay, so how do I say? Okay, so we're going to experience, and we're experiencing it right now, the death of authority. And this is also coincident with the death of the american empire, which is based on the fiat currency of the Federal Reserve bank, which is not part of the federal government, has no reserves, and is not a bank. It's simply a money laundering creation machine.

Anyway, so the death of the american empire is in the core. It's happening because of the death of the currency, because the currency can't be extended any longer because it has no purchasing power. And this is rapidly becoming evident. People are starving, even though they're working. They're not able to pay for housing, this kind of thing.

So we know that the currency is failing. It actually truly is no longer working for people. In 1913, when they first brought it out, almost everybody ignored it. Hardly anybody used it. In 1913, a family of four could have all of their expenses covered by a dollar a day in terms of earned income.

So if you earned $30 a month, you could support yourself you could support your wife and you could support two kids. Not a bad deal, right?

That was basically the prevailing wage for any kind of skilled work other than like, farm labor, right? Because it was a different category. We were still 80% agricultural at that stage in the 18 hundreds. But by the time we get into the 19 hundreds, we're looking at basically a dollar a day in a gold based economy as being a living wage. And it was generally paid.

We had plenty of gold, everything was circulating just fine. And then the Elohim worship cult gets their bank in, and now we're all fucked, right? And so now it's actually reached the point where you can't survive on your retirement that you worked all your life for. If you're on only a government retirement program, it just is not going to be working for you. You won't be able to get health care, you won't be able to afford housing.

And pretty soon it'll get to the point where even with all your other expenses, if you pay none of your bills, you still won't be able to afford food. And that period is going to be very brief. Okay? So we're not talking years for that.

The whole social order would be in upheaval if that tried to continue for years because basically everybody was starving. And so, believe me, if we had no food here and the situation was that dire and stuff, I will use my last of my resources to go and raise an army and stage a revolution here in Washington state. The rest of y'all can go fuck yourselves. You got to work out your own issues, right? But in Washington state, if we have that dire situation where people are starving because the food system's broken down and there is no political will to change the, you know, the Democrats are still in charge, yada, yada, yada, then it's like, okay, dudes, it's pirate know, revolution is, you know, a bunch of old men.

Because I would just go and tell everybody I was going to go and take my arms. I'm not going to hide it. I'm coming into Olympia to clear the place out and take it over, right? Redo restart. So that would be the approach I would take under those circumstances.

Not going to happen the way that our financial system is structured. There are so many politicians that are so fucking freaked out because they know that we can all identify them. You can look on the phone, get their picture, et cetera, et cetera. And we'd go and track them all down and hang them, and then we'd set about fixing things up again. Anyway, though, so a couple of OD little notes.

One of my stalkers has a phone with my picture on it that he did not put on there, and also has pictures of JC and a bunch of people that I don't know. Are they all part of a gang stalking or is there some kind of like organized effort here to rattle our cage, give us some shit? Sure looks that way. Anyway, though. So Sci-Fi world is going to emerge out of hypernovelty.

We're in hyper novelty now as authority fades. What makes it hyper novelty is that there will be new shit everywhere, constantly, continuously, because there will be no authorities left to say that a, that's not true, or that's a bogus thought. There won't be any constraints on our ability to examine data in terms of history and all of this kind of shit, unlike now, right? So if you get into too much history now, they're going to come and say, no, you're wrong, this didn't exist, this didn't happen. People will give you blowback for it, right?

That's going to fall away. A lot of the people that are doing that are paid shills. They're very stupid, low intelligence people. They don't have much on the go mentally, and they're simply being paid to be an academic parrot, to hold the line, prevent disinformation, this kind of stuff, right? Oh, you can't weaponize history against us, blah, blah, blah.

In spite of the fact that they have indeed weaponized history with all of the critical race theory and all of that kind of shit. All that crap's going to fall away this year. It'll be very dramatic, I think, from the end of January onward, but certainly from the third week in February, we're going to get into some serious level of social disruptions that will run across the entire nation. Okay? So this may also be participating during that period of time.

We may be having a situation where we have the markets going crazy. Okay? They're not going to crash at that point. That's probably a little too early. Maybe we might see some initial phase of a stock market crash around the 18 February, but the Fed and everybody will still be pumping their fake dollars like mad.

So it's going to be difficult to see that we're going to have a price crash relative to stocks. And that's what everybody is looking at for, oh, our economy is good because our stock market's up. It's like horseshit. Stock market is all rehypothecation, Ponzi scheme shit anyway. As we will discover, because we're going to run into this crack up boom.

In the crack up boom, we can expect the Fed to shovel all kinds of money through all kinds of their fiat, through every possible outlet into stock market and trying to get it into people's hands to spend as the velocity of the spending drops, which it's already happening. I've been talking with merchants all day today. Out in the wild here, we are certainly seeing all the signs of depression, right? Especially in terms of money velocity through the system, through the locals'hands out here.

This gets so complicated, guys.

All right, so we're going to get a crack up boom. They're going to shovel money like Matt into the stock market. The bidenistas will be saying, hey, look, it's a good economy. Look, look, the stock market's up. The people won't be buying it.

And at some point here, and we're very rapidly approaching it, we're going to have this net negative return in the sense that, like I was saying, you could work and you could get an income, but it wouldn't be sufficient to pay housing and food and transportation, right? And so to say nothing of health care and this kind of thing. So the failure of the money is making the social order fail all around us. So you know that when you know your money is failing, when a class of drugs that a person uses for, like, kidney treatment, and they've been paying this for years because they'd had dialysis and all this kind of shit, all of a sudden doubles and it doubled in one month. So this guy I was talking to today, while I was waiting on some service today, had a situation four months ago where a particular drug he was taking, and he said it wouldn't mean anything to me, used to cost him $7,000 a month, and now it's gone to almost 15,000 a month.

So I think the big pharma industry is trying to play catch up or get ahead relative to the death of the currency anyway, though. So as the currency dies in this period of hyper novelty, we're going to have a reaction seen in the social order that will reflect back on itself. So, in other words, we'll have a situation where people won't be able to make a living on the wages. And so, like I was saying in the previous talk, so anybody with student debt, the first thing that we can expect that will happen is they won't pay those debts anymore. They won't pay interest on that debt.

They won't even deal with it. Pretty soon, you're going to have this so egregiously in our face that the banks are going to say relative to like student loans, they'll start saying, oh, don't worry, you don't have to pay it back, just pay the interest. If you just pay the interest, you're good. And it's like that's the very last phase of the banks being able to get enough money to flow through their system in a total loop in order for the bank to be active, not even solvent, just be able to open the fucking doors. And I suspect that's a couple of months away.

I don't know how. Wow. Eagle right over my head here. Big guy too. He's probably been fishing in the river here anyway, so the crap, somehow I'd nicked myself and started it bleeding again anyway though.

So the social order here, getting a paper towel and we're good. The social order is going to be evolving, okay? So it's going to evolve out of this state of disrepair, dysfunction, all of that, and will gradually start fixing things, changing things, heading. And it'll be fairly dramatic because at the moment those people that want to correct the societal's ills are being stymied, blocked by people that want to continue on in this communist effort, and they're anti humanity and want to kill a bunch of people. And yada yada yada, we don't know why the hell they think that way.

But they're part of the Elohim worship cult. They may be blood drinkers, who the fuck knows? Anyway, they're out there using money to try and prevent people from fixing the problems that they engineered. And so that's our structure at the moment. Well, as the money dies, a lot of the foot soldiers for the side that want to break everything down, a lot of the foot soldiers there are not going to be paid and they won't be available to participate.

So I expect that they'll call a BLM riot and nobody is going to show up much because they're not getting paid anything to make it worthwhile. And it's getting a little hinky out there with the evil white race all getting guns and being very touchy about being genocided. Okay? And so this is also the problem for the Elohim worship cult is that they're writing a very fine line. So they're trying to skate along on this fine line.

If they go to either side of it, they're fucked. And one of the sides they have to go towards is the destruction of the banking system. But they've got to do it in such a way that they don't pull the rug out from the whole system too rapidly, because then all social order would fail and a lot of us would just take up arms and as I say, we would go and have the political will in the form of a revolution to change things. And in the process of changing things in that period of disruption and chaos, a lot of the Elohim worship people will simply be killed just to remove them. I'm not talking genocide or anything like that.

I'm talking about people that are, you know, Federal Reserve board member Kapow. That's it. We don't have to worry about you anymore, right? Let's just get rid of the Federal Reserve by killing them all, that kind of thing, right? That will occur, especially if it goes too rapidly.

Things break out too fast anyway. So Sci-Fi World is going to come out of the hyper novelty that is resulting now from the bad guys trying to deliberately destroy the social system in order to engineer the new financial system, which is the central bank digital currency that's intended to enslave the whole planet.

So Sci-Fi world will begin, I think, to our site. We'll be able to see the emergence of some aspects of ScI-Fi World this year, probably the very last quarter, right? The very last few months of this year. We'll get some hints of how Sci-Fi world will start emerging, start manifesting. But it's going to be a period of vast numbers of new inventions coming out, new stuff happening.

A lot of people will get, okay, so as part of this, I suspect that we will go back to a sound money situation and then we'll go back to real investment as opposed to speculative money placement. Right. And so as we get into this, we'll have a sound money, we'll get into investment. Investments will start investors, people with excess money that were able to be smart and preserve wealth through this transformation will then start trying to put their money to work in various different industries. And so we'll have inventions happening all over the place that will then go through the various generations of improving the tech and so on.

And those people that invest in those companies will get a return on their money as well as the appreciation of the assets that they've nominally purchased. So I'm looking into some companies that use electricity in novel ways and going to decide at some point to invest some money in those companies.

At this point, it seems very wise to follow that course of action. So I found one I'm dealing with it now they're on generation two of their product, which it's like. The generation two is a little wimpy, but I can see the technical problems for generation three and four. And by generation four, it will surpass the tool it's intended to replace. Okay?

So right now it's in competition and doing very poorly because of the nature of the electrically driven process that this tool uses. So I'm not talking like electric cars or anything like that, right. Anyway, though at that point, I can see I'm going to play around. I bought one of their units, I'm going to play around with it and see if I actually can't make some inventions off of it and get in on the invention cycle of the whole thing, right. But also, if I just use the product and stay abreast of this particular company, then I can buy generation three and generation four, which are things I want anyway.

I mean, the tool itself is something I want anyway. I'm not being mysterious. I just don't want people going and trying to buy this. You got to be really sophisticated, knowing what you're doing here, and be willing to take massive risks with your personal capital. So I'm not going to say anything at this point until we reach a certain point.

Then I'll tell people, oh, yeah, I'm invested in this, and I'm thinking of investing in this and so on. Not that I'm going to be good at that, right? I mean, I think I might be good at that in an investment environment, but I'm certainly not good at it in a speculation environment. Speculation drives me crazy. My buddy Joe, he trades stuff and it's like, fuck, if I did that, I'd have so much anxiety, I'd give myself.

What are those things? Panic attacks. Right. So anyway, so it's just not something I'm constitutionally built to do. However, an investment where I just put some money in and track the company over time.

Like, hey, no worries, guy, I like this technology, blah, blah, blah. Anyway, so we're coming into Sci-Fi world, emerging this year out of the chaos of this year of transition, and it'll probably be more like 1819 months, and then we'll be sort of solidly into Sci-Fi world, and there will be a recognization that we're not going back. Right. You'll be able to see that we're not going to be repeating the old mistakes, that things truly have changed. And this for even the regular normies.

And I talk to normies all the time. I push them a little bit disturb their mind, see what happens, see how they react. Was doing some of that today with some guys that have had the jab and are totally normies and have no idea what they're facing. Although I got to say that they were all worried, so they've all heard enough to be worried, and I'm telling them things to do, but they're not yet worried enough that they're going to try and do that. They're still captured mentally by the authority of the medical system.

But believe me, when we yank the mrna and when the big pharma crashes, so we lose that level of authority for, quote, medicines, these chemicals that they crank out, that's going to be a huge tranche of people that will just say, holy shit, and they'll move over into hyper novelty here. They'll say, no fucking authority is going to tell me what to do. Because there is no authority, right? There is no ultimate authority on all of this. And also, by the way, this whole period of time is going to bring out the breakdown of authority in religion, regardless of anything I do.

I could have kept my mouth shut and we would still be here, people talking about the elohim, we would still be facing the Elohim coming back, and all of the things that we're still facing. I thought to get a jump on it, right? To get those people that can think about it ahead of time, thinking about it, so they don't have to stop and go through this process. When we're dealing with the Elohim themselves, it's just better to have plans and have your mind free because you recognize some of the shit that's actually going on anyway. So the last quarter, this year, I expect to see some pretty significant changes that will indicate that we're really seriously shifting over into Sci-Fi world.

And in the meantime, it's going to be ugly and dirty and massively chaotic, and all kinds of shit's going to happen. But it's like, well, it all has to happen, it's all going to be good for us. Even though at the moment it doesn't feel good, right? It's kind of like you don't want to really sit there and suture the wound in your leg. You know that every time you put that needle in there and thread it through and bring those two parts of the wound together, that that's going to hurt and it's already hurting, and you're going to keep adding to the hurt through the whole process.

But you do know that the minute you get to that last suture, then that phase is done. And eventually the hurt will go away and everything will heal up. And that's really where we are. Where we are. People are just reluctant to take the needle and jab it into their leg on one side of the wound.

And pull it through to the other side of the wound. And then come back with the line and tie it up and start closing up the wounds. Right. A lot of people don't even see we're wounded. So anyway, the current thinking for us now is last week in January is going to begin a bunch of chaos.

February 18 and onward is going to magnify that chaos. And I suspect that in the February the 18th, I'm suspecting I don't have any for sure kind of indicators that I would really have a lot of confidence in. But I suspect that there's a high probability that that will be the period of time for the rest of our release language. That had been forecast back last July and August. We still have yet to complete a lot of that.

The reason I suspect that this is probably going to happen and may happen on. Okay, so I got a lot of probabilities that it will happen. And I suspect that it will happen in February. Because of the building tension values now. And the way they're growing.

And the type of language that we're getting building tension on. And I won't go into details. I'm almost back at the place here, and I've got stuff I've got to do.

So third week in January. Last week in January, 18 February. I'm saying that we'll get a big hit on hyper novelty in the first week. Oh, that was my guy. He was supposed to be here.

He was here early. Oh, well, shit. Anyway, so he wasn't supposed to be here till after one. Maybe he'll come back.

Anyway, so April 3, we should have for all of us guys, people that listen to me, that really going out and pay attention. As opposed to the people that listen and say, oh, that old fucker don't know shit. So April 3 is where I'm suspecting that the Wu people will be able to say, yeah, hyper novelty is here. Authority is dying right and left. And it's increasing.

And the rate of increase itself is increasing. So we'll start getting into the snowball effect. Right where you're rolling down the hill and you're going at a pretty fast clip. And then you notice that the speed at which you are rotating. In terms of spinning around and going down that hill is increasing.

And so it all becomes this, as I say, a snowball effect. And I'm expecting that to pick up in April and to continue. And it'll really hit the normies in the first part of June, maybe the middle of June, something like that. And then we'll start having Normie freakouts. Normie freakouts are going to participate in our hyper novelty.

So that's going to be the increase of the increase, so to speak. Right? Then it'll start reflecting back and it'll get really chaotic through the summer. Anyway, guys, I got to go and do stuff. I'll get into more of this stuff later.

There's so much more. We've got lots of detail in some of the data sets now as to how some of it's going to peel off, but basically, um, it's the buckle up buttercup time, you know, it's here now. Okay, gotta get moving. Talk to you all later.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.